Annual & Sustainability Reports for Year to 30 June 2025
For the year ended 30 June 2025
|
Mō te tau i mutu i te 30 Hune 2025
Pūrongo ā-tau
Annual Report
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
1
Cover: Peter McCusker, PGW Wool Representative (R), discusses PGW and
Norsewear’s exciting new partnership to build a new value chain for wool
growers with Tim Deane, owner of Norsewear (C), and Andrew Jamison (L),
Manager of Meikleburn Station, near Fairlie, South Canterbury.
Annual Shareholders’ Meeting 14 October 2025
Half-year earnings announcement 24 February 2026
Year-end earnings announcement
11 August 2026
Calendar
|
Maramataka
Sustainability
|
Toitūtanga
As part of our commitment to sustainability, this Annual Report
is printed using soy-based inks, no chemicals have been used in
the process of platemaking and the Annual Report is printed on
environmentally responsible paper, produced using Elemental
Chlorine Free (ECF), third party certified pulp from responsible
sources, and manufactured under the strict ISO14001
Environmental Management System.
Contents | Ngā Kaupapa
OUR YEAR
2025 Financial Year Performance Results 3
Financial Performance 4
Chair and Chief Executive Officer’s Report 11
OUR COMPANY
Board of Directors 20
Ex
ecutive Team
22
The Year in Review 25
PGW Gr
oup Strategy
36
T
hree Decades of Dedication:
Celebrating the Rollesby Valley Lamb Sale 45
Strength in Relationships:
Working Together for Greater Success
48
R
esearch Powered by Collaboration:
New data reveals a new tool to
manage drench resistance
53
KEY FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES
Key Financial Disclosures
55
Dir
ectors’ Responsibility Statement
56
A
dditional Financial Disclosures including
Notes to the Financial Statements
65
I
ndependent Auditor’s Report
101
G
OVERNANCE
Corporate Governance and Board Charter
105
S
tatutory Disclosures
117
R
emuneration Report
119
G
eneral Disclosures
124
Shareholder Information
125
Glossar
y 127
Corporate Directory
128
"We are pleased to report
improved results on the prior year,
as the agri-sector continued to
recover. Operating Revenue was
up $59.4 million and Operating
EBITDA up $12.0 million on the
prior year.
We have seen a shift in key markets
and have been able to respond
positively to that turnaround."
Garry Moore, PGW Chair
2
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
3
Operating
Revenue of
Net profit after
tax (‘NPAT’) of
Fully imputed
dividends for the year of
Operating
EBITDA of
2025 FINANCIAL YEAR
Performance Results
Ngā Otinga Whakatutukitanga
$56.1m
$975.3m
$10.7m
6.5¢/share
*
$7.6 m or 248%
from the comparative period
$12.0 m or 27%
from the comparative period
$59.4 m or 6%
from the comparative period
Kiwifruit bins at Glenview Orchard,
Ōhaupō, near Hamilton, Waikato.
* PGW paid a 2.5 cps interim dividend and declared a 4 cps final dividend.
Helping grow
the country
Operating EBITDA: Earnings before net interest and foreign exchange items, income tax, depreciation, amortisation, the results
from discontinued operations, impairment and fair value adjustments and non-operating items. PGW has used non-GAAP profit
measures when discussing financial performance in this document. Please refer to our full accounts for details of how Operating
EBITDA relates to GAAP. For a comprehensive discussion on the use of non-GAAP profit measures, please refer to the policy “Non-
GAAP Accounting Information” available on our website (www.pggwrightson.co.nz).
Other: Other (non-operating segment) relates to certain Group Corporate activities including Governance, Finance, Treasury, Risk
and Assurance, and other support services (including corporate property services and marketing).
Operating Cash Flow
FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25
80
60
40
20
0
-20
-40
54
4
41
-17
60
-35
65
43
-7
-31
$ million
Operating cash flows in the first half of the
financial year reflect the seasonal build in
working capital which is recovered in the
second half of the financial year.
58
24
26
58
12
1st Half 2nd Half Full Year
4
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
5
Financial Performance | Whakaaturanga Pūtea
FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
23
24
18
3
Profit or Loss
$ million
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
-10
FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25
$ million
FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25
54
41
1000
800
600
400
200
0
Retail & Water
Agency
38
52
25
22
-7-7
16
12
-9-9
349
401
390
355
405
$ million
First Half Second Half
499
552
586
561
570
Other
Full Year Operating EBITDA
848
953
976
916
975
Operating EBITDA
Operating Revenue
42
11
23
-9
Net Profit After Tax
56
67
61
44
56
6
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
7
Share Price
PGW share price from 13 August 2019 (post share consolidation) to 30 June 2025.
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
$
Total Shareholder Return
13 AUG 19 13 FEB 20 13 AUG 20 13 FEB 21 13 AUG 21 13 FEB 22 13 AUG 22 13 FEB 23 13 AUG 23 13 FEB 24 13 AUG 24 13 FEB 25 30 JUN 25
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
PGW TSR vs NZX50G (indexed to 100) from 13 August 2019 (post share consolidation) to 30 June 2025.
PGW TSR (Inc Dividends) NZX50G
PGW TSR +33.9%
NZX50G +16.1%
13 AUG 19 13 FEB 20 13 AUG 20 13 FEB 21 13 AUG 21 13 FEB 22 13 AUG 22 13 FEB 23 13 AUG 23 13 FEB 24 13 AUG 24 13 FEB 25 30 JUN 25
Total Shareholder Return
Financial Performance | Whakaaturanga Pūtea
8
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
9
Financial Performance | Whakaaturanga Pūtea
Net Interest-Bearing Debt (NIBD) Development
June 2024 – June 2025
Net Interest-Bearing Debt (NIBD) Development
June 2023 – June 2024
90.0
80.0
70.0
60.0
50.0
40.0
30.0
20.0
10.0
0.0
$ million
June 2023
NIBD
Operating
EBITDA
I
nterest &
FX Items
Tax
Payments
Working
Capital
Movements
(excl.
GO-STOCK)
GO
-STOCK
Movements
Asset
Purchases
A
sset
Disposals
Lease
Principal
Repayment
Dividends
Paid
Other June 2024
NIBD
65.3
- 44.2
11.2
22.9
2.1
21.2
- 6.6
7.8
-21.5
- 0.1
59.21.2
Increase Decrease Total
90.0
80.0
70.0
60.0
50.0
40.0
30.0
20.0
10.0
0.0
$ million
June 2024
NIBD
Operating
EBITDA
I
nterest &
FX Items
Tax
Payments
Working
Capital
Movements
(excl.
GO-STOCK)
GO
-STOCK
Movements
Asset
Purchases
A
sset
Disposals
Lease
Principal
Repayment
Dividends
Paid
Other June 2025
NIBD
59.2
- 56.1
10.4
17.4
-
22.6
2.9
1. 9
28.9
-2.8
85.6
1.2
Increase Decrease Total
10
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
11
Garry Moore
Chair
Stephen Guerin
Chief Executive Officer
PGG Wrightson Limited (‘PGW’, ‘the Group’, or ‘the Company’) delivered
Operating Earnings before Interest, Tax, Depreciation, and Amortisation
(Operating EBITDA) for the year ended 30 June 2025 of $56.1 million, up
$12.0 million or 27% on the prior year’s result. Net profit after tax (NPAT)
was $10.7 million, up $7.6 million or 248%.
Retail & Water Group & Agency Group trading performance | Te Mahi Tauhokohoko
PGW’s businesses reported improved results on the prior year, with FY24 appearing to have marked the
bottom of the agri cycle.
Our Retail & Water group revenue was up $39.4 million on the prior year, while performance at
an Operating EBITDA level saw an increase of $1.1 million year-on-year. Although the operating
environment over the year was more challenging in the retail space, we are encouraged with the
revenue growth in this context and pleased to see the business continue to consolidate and grow
market share.
Our Agency group delivered a strong turnaround led by our Livestock and Real Estate businesses.
Constrained supply for livestock and increased demand drove elevated red meat and dairy commodity
prices, supporting farmgate returns. This had an influence on the profitability of farming operations
and is reflected in a positive sentiment shift. Rural real estate activity increased significantly as a
consequence of improved confidence in the dairy and red meat sectors, supported by the easing of
interest rates. This has seen a lift in real estate enquiries in dairy, beef, sheep, and select horticultural
properties, with new listings coming to the market.
Financial Performance | Whakaaturanga Pūtea
2025 $m2024 $m2023 $m2022 $m2021 $m
Revenue975.3915.9975.7952.7847.8
Gross Profit255.0235.7252.8248.5223.2
Operating EBITDA56.144.261.267.256.0
Net Profit After Tax10.73.117.524.322.7
Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities12.457.725.523.757.7
Chair and Chief Executive
Officer’s Report
Te Pūrongo a te Heamana me te Tumuaki
Reporting on
an improved
performance
Chair and Chief Executive Officer's Report | continued
12
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
13
Business Improvement Programme | Hōtaka Whakapiki Pakihi
PGW successfully implemented its Business Improvement Programme with ‘go-live’ of its Microsoft D365 enterprise
reporting platform in April 2025. This milestone marks a significant step forward in modernising our systems and
strengthening our operational capabilities. With the implementation now complete, our focus has shifted to unlocking the
full value of this investment. Key outcomes include improvements that will drive operational efficiencies, enhance data
utilisation, and generate deeper insights to support decision-making.
Market conditions |
Ngā Āhuatanga o te Mākete
The Ministry for Primary Industries reported that New Zealand’s primary sector delivered a record-breaking performance
in the year to June 2025, with export revenue reaching $59.9 billion, up 12% from the previous year. Dairy led the growth,
driven by strong global demand and premium pricing. Meat exports rose, with beef and lamb prices supported by tight
global supply and robust demand. Strong wool prices improved on the back of reduced volumes produced, and export
volumes declined in line with the reducing sheep flock. Horticulture, and kiwifruit in particular, experienced strong earnings
with Zespri delivering its largest export crop, selling 220.9 million trays and topping $5 billion in sales. The arable sector
faced headwinds, including increased input costs and margin pressure.
The July Federated Farmers’ Confidence Survey has confirmed the strong lift in farmer sentiment, at the highest levels in
eight years. This is driven by easing interest rates, more stability in input costs, improved commodity prices, and government
policies viewed as more supportive by the agricultural sector. Farm profitability has rebounded and strengthened
investment spending and production expectations.
Our people |
Ā Mātau Tāngata
At 30 June 2025, PGW had 1,554 permanent and temporary employees. PGW also engaged 164 casual employees, 161
commission agents, and 3 specialist consultants, bringing the total headcount to 1,882.
Highlights of our Learning and Development offering included a relaunch of our groupwide PGW Induction Workshop, with
a renewed emphasis on leveraging PGW’s collective strength. We have increased our focus on attracting young people into
the industry by working with high schools, offering both PGW learning modules and participating in nationally recognised
learning programmes.
Our ambitious People and Safety strategy is designed to deliver meaningful value to both the business and to our team
members. We are also seeing the benefits of our strong employment brand, reflected in exceptionally high volumes of
applications for roles.
Health, safety, and wellbeing |
Te Hauora, te haumarutanga, me te toiora
We continue our focus and journey in enhancing Health, Safety and Wellbeing across PGW. We made strong progress in our
Critical Risk programme with a range of enhanced systems and frameworks implemented during the year.
While we are proud of the various Health, Safety and Wellbeing initiatives achieved, the real measure of success is seeing a
reduction in lost time injuries and serious harm events. Although there are multiple indicators of our maturing safety culture,
this is an area of continuing focus as we strive to improve upon safety outcomes and results.
Sustainability |
Toitūtanga
PGW is an enabler of sustainable transformation for our customers in New Zealand's agricultural and horticultural industries.
Our customers are increasingly requiring PGW to demonstrate sustainability performance as part of their assurance
requirements. PGW is regularly requested to evidence sustainability credentials through customer procurement processes.
Alongside the Annual Report, PGW released its Sustainability Report and Climate Statement 2025. This serves as our second
year of reporting under the New Zealand Climate Standards and demonstrates our maturing treatment of climate-related
risks and opportunities. PGW is pleased to report a 22% reduction in greenhouse gas emissions for FY25 against the FY21
baseline. This was primarily driven by a reduction in vehicle fuel consumption, with less kilometres travelled and more
hybrid vehicles entering our fleet.
The second reporting period also sees the launch of PGW’s comprehensive Climate Transition Plan. The Plan articulates our
systematic approach to climate risk management within changing macroeconomic conditions, land use transformation
impacts, and alignment with New Zealand's decarbonisation trajectory. The Climate Transition Plan establishes measurable
objectives and priorities that will govern our organisational transformation and drive sustainable practices throughout our
value chain. The Plan positions PGW to deliver stakeholder value, while contributing to New Zealand's climate objectives
and resilience for rural New Zealand.
Cashflow and debt |
Te Kapewhiti me te Nama
PGW recorded cash flows from operating activities of $12.4 million for FY25 and included significant growth (cash outflow)
in GO-STOCK receivables, which increased by $28.9 million over the 12 months to 30 June 2025, to be $81.4 million. This
growth compares to a cash inflow for GO-STOCK receivables in FY24 of $21.5 million.
Working capital balances increased by $1.4 million from the prior comparative period.
PGW amended and extended its syndicated bank facilities during the year.
Distributions |
Ngā Utu Whaipānga
The Board has declared a fully imputed final dividend of 4 cents per share. The dividend will be paid on 3 October 2025 to
shareholders on PGW’s share register as at 5pm on 11 September 2025. This will bring the total fully imputed dividends for
the year to 6.5 cents per share.
Max Rewards loyalty programme |
Whiwhinga Mōrahi pono hōtaka
The Max Rewards loyalty programme is delivering positive outcomes, contributing meaningfully to customer engagement
and retention. Insights derived from the loyalty platform have proven to be a valuable source of data, supporting more
informed decision-making across loyalty, customer relationship management, and the PGW Group more broadly.
With increasing customer awareness, our team continues to focus on collaboration with internal stakeholders to create new
initiatives to increase participation in the programme. As awareness and membership in Max Rewards continues to grow,
more customers will be able to access the benefits and further strengthen PGW customer loyalty.
Neil Carter, PGW Livestock Representative, discusses
the breeding values of the well-presented yearling
bulls for use over yearling heifers, with Megan Talbot,
dairy farm owner, and her daughter Brooke Talbot,
manager, at the 2024 Bluestone Herefords Yearling
Bull Sale, near Cave, South Canterbury.
14
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
15
Wool
24 years sponsoring the
PGG Wrightson / Vetmed
National Shearing Circuit.
NZ's Virtual Saleyard
Over 1,000 auctions streamed
during the year.
Livestreamed sales from 14
saleyards around the country.
Sustainability
22% reduction in
operational GHG
emissions, compared
to the FY21 baseline.
Second year of summer
R&D internship programme
5 interns working on projects, including
fruit size prediction, on-farm sensor and
remote data capture, summer forage
crop, efficacy of adjuvants in thrip
control, evaluation of novel nitrogen
supply product.
Crowd/Staff sourcing
Second year of our Crowd/
Staff sourced R&D ideas.
13 trials delivered tangible
value back to our front-line
teams.
Retail & Water
Technical Team
Approximately 80 trials conducted:
• 80% horticultural
• 20% agricultural
• c.20% of trial treatments
were biological
Delivering Technical Expertise to Benefit our Clients
Te whakarato pūkenga mātanga mō te painga o ā mātou kiritaki
BUY & SELL
PGW Real Estate
Sales Volumes (Unit Sales)
improved by:
▲ 32% across all markets
▲ 81% in dairy sales
▲ 47% across all other
rural cat
egories
People & Safety
PGW offers over 4,000 online
courses via our Learning
Management System.
PGW provided over 12,200
hours and of training to
employees, c.7 hours per
employee.
Chair and Chief Executive Officer's Report | continued
16
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
17
PGW celebrates 20 years | Ka whakanuia te 20 tau e PGW
October 2025 marks 20 years since the iconic merger of Pyne Gould Guinness Limited and Wrightson Limited. These
companies can trace their formation back to 1851 and 1868 respectively and have a proud legacy of more than 170 years of
service to New Zealand’s rural communities.
Our company was created from the union of these two agricultural leaders. Over time, individuals and businesses built
lasting relationships with farmers and growers, sharing in both their successes and challenges. The values, character, and
integrity of our founders helped shape the rural services landscape and laid the foundations of the company PGW is today.
To pay tribute to our predecessors and their companies, we reflect on the many stories that built PGW. To celebrate our
20 years and pay tribute to our predecessors, we have created our heritage stories.
Please visit our website
Our History | PGG Wrightson.
Outlook |
Matapae
The agricultural sector has experienced a strong rebound, supported by encouraging economic indicators. Buoyant
export commodity prices and good demand, amid constrained supply, has boosted confidence in production decisions.
Easing inflation and interest rates, together with greater stability in input prices, have created a more positive operating
environment. These factors have contributed to renewed optimism and a noticeable lift in farmer confidence, which is
positive for the sector and our rural servicing operations.
Despite this momentum, forward-looking sentiment is not uniform across the sector with a more challenging operating
environment for arable farming, viticulture, and strong wool. Ongoing geopolitical tensions and uncertainty around
international trade terms, with increased tariffs and trade protectionism policies, are also a source of uncertainty. While dairy
and red meat markets remain resilient, caution continues to influence parts of the sector, reflecting a mixed but stabilised
outlook for New Zealand’s primary sector.
Strong commodity prices are expected to remain throughout FY26 across dairy, red meat, and horticulture crops,
particularly kiwifruit and apples. Overall, the outlook is positive for the sector while the trading environment remains less
robust in viticulture, the arable sector, and strong wool. The viticulture sector experienced muted activity, driven by an
excess supply of wine on the global market. Sheep headcount continued to decline due to land use change and increased
hectarage in forestry and carbon sequestration. Confidence in the rural real estate market is expected to persist through
FY26, with quality listings continuing to attract interest and farm sales.
Indications are that customers are leveraging the elevated farmgate returns to reduce debt, while those who deferred
investment decisions during the previous challenging period are now re-engaging and investing to support their
production decisions.
While it is a mixed picture across the New Zealand economy with some industries facing difficult trading conditions, the
agricultural sector is a bright spot and is leading the recovery again with strong export prices and payouts that are boosting
rural areas. The sector’s strong fundamentals, quality production, and market positioning provide a solid foundation for
continued growth and investment.
Supported by our strengths in technical expertise, innovation, and enduring customer relationships, PGW is well positioned
to support our customers grow their businesses and capitalise on the forecast growth in export revenue.
Garry Moore
Chair
Governance changes | Ngā Panonitanga Mana Whakahaere
On 1 July 2025, Wilson Liu joined the PGW Board as an Independent Director. Meng Foon announced that he will not seek
re-election at the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting in October and will retire from the PGW Board, having served as a Director
since 1 July 2022.
Acknowledgements |
Ngā whakamihi
Our achievements this year are a direct result of the dedication, resilience, and talent of our exceptional team. Across the
country, our people have demonstrated commitment to our customers, communities, and each other.
We extend our sincere thanks to our customers for their loyalty and trust. Their continued support motivates us to deliver
outstanding service and solutions, whether in challenging market conditions or in times of growth.
Finally, we acknowledge our shareholders for their ongoing investment and confidence in PGW. We remain focused on
delivering sustainable growth and long-term value, and we appreciate their continued support.
Stephen Guerin
Chief Executive Officer
18
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
19
Marcus Fitzsimmons, Fruitfed Supplies
Extension Advisor, and Kirsty Lowther,
Fruitfed Supplies Technical Advisor, discuss
the crop load and harvest timings for the
Golden Queen peach crop at a trial block near
Havelock North, Hawke’s Bay.
20
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
21
Board of Directors | Te Poari Tumuaki
Garry Moore
B.Com, M.B.A, C.A.
Chair and Independent Director
Garry Moore was appointed Chair of the PGG
Wrightson Limited Board on 16 February
2024 and has been an Independent Director
since 1 July 2022. He is a member of the Audit
Committee.
Garry was raised on farms in rural Mid-
Canterbury before attending Canterbury
University, graduating with a B.Com in
Accounting and Economics, and an MBA. He
brings a wealth of finance knowledge with
40 years of extensive investment advisory
experience together with trustee and
corporate governance experience in rural
services, viticulture, pastoral farming, and
education.
Garry is a Charter Member of the New
Zealand Institute of Directors. He is a
former member of the national Forsyth Barr
Investment Committee. Garry is Chair of
DairyCool Limited and South Canterbury
based farm owner Burnett Valley Trust. He is a
past Chair of St Andrew’s College, Greystone
Wines, and the Canterbury Branch of the New
Zealand Institute of Chartered Accountants.
Sarah Brown
BA, LLB, CFInstD
Deputy Chair and Independent Director
Sarah Brown was appointed Deputy Chair of
the PGG Wrightson Limited Board on 4 July
2023, is Chair of the Audit Committee, and has
been an Independent Director since 30 April
2019. Sarah is from a rural background, having
grown up on a Southland sheep farm.
Sarah is a former commercial lawyer who
is now a professional director and has had
extensive governance experience as a
director, chair, and committee chair. She has a
Bachelor of Laws and a Bachelor of Arts.
Sarah is a Chartered Fellow of the Institute
of Directors. She was previously on the
Southern Institute of Technology Council for
11 years, six of them as Chair. She has also
served on the Boards of Electricity Invercargill,
PowerNet, SBS Bank Limited, and Southsure
Assurance Limited. Sarah is currently on the
Board of Blue Sky Meats Limited. She brings a
wealth of cross sector experience at multiple
organisational levels.
Meng Foon
Independent Director
Meng Foon was appointed to the PGG
Wrightson Limited Board on 1 July 2022 as
an Independent Director. He has extensive
business experience in horticulture,
agriculture, private wealth creation, and
property development.
Meng is currently Chair of M Y Trust, a
shareholder and Director of M Y Gold
Investments Limited, and a Trustee of the New
Zealand Philanthropic Foundation. He served
as the Mayor of Gisborne from 2001 to 2019
and has held governance roles for several
New Zealand entities.
Meng is knowledgeable about best practice
organisational structures and operating
systems, and he is experienced in mediation
and facilitation. He believes that data,
science, and technology will help ensure
future sustainability in environment and land
business profitability.
Meng has worked with Māori landowners
and believes that Māori land businesses are
important contributors to the leadership
of Aotearoa. He aha te mea nui o te ao – he
Tangata, inclusive people and relationships
are the success of all things he does.
U Kean Seng
LLB (Hons), B.Ec
Director
U Kean Seng was appointed to the PGG
Wrightson Limited Board on 4 December
2012. U Kean Seng previously practiced as
a partner at Singaporean law firm, Shooklin
& Bok LLP, focused on East Asia, and he led
a corporate finance team in Allen & Overy
Shooklin & Bok, JLV, an international law
venture partnership with London based Allen
& Overy LLP.
U Kean Seng previously sat as an Independent
and non-executive director of several public
listed corporations. He received a Bachelor
of Laws (Honours) degree from Monash
University Australia. He is a Barrister and
Solicitor, Supreme Court of Victoria, Australia,
Advocate and Solicitor, Supreme Court of
Singapore and Solicitor of England and Wales.
In addition to his extensive legal knowledge,
U Kean Seng is also a qualified economist,
having completed his degree majoring in
Economics and Accounting, B.Ec at Monash
University, Australia.
Wilson Liu
B.Com, CA, CPA
Independent Director
Wilson Liu was appointed to the PGG
Wrightson Limited Board on 1 July 2025 as an
Independent Director.
Mr Liu has over 30 years of professional
experience in providing audit and business
advisory services. Mr Liu started his career
with PwC in Hong Kong and Melbourne. He
retired from PwC in July 2020 with 23 years’
experience as audit partner.
He has extensive governance experience
as a member of the Governance Board of
PwC Greater China and Singapore; he was
President of CPA Australia North China and is
currently a Council Member.
Mr Liu is an independent non-executive
Director of Foran Energy Group Co., Limited
(SZSE), Valuetronics Holdings Limited (SGX),
Cloudbreak Pharma Inc. (SEHK), and Guotai
Junan International Holdings Limited (SEHK).
Mr Liu received a Bachelor of Commerce
degree from the University of Western
Australia and is a member of the Chartered
Accountants Australia and New Zealand. He
is also a fellow member of CPA Australia and
the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public
Accountants. As a resident of Hong Kong, he
currently splits his time between Hong Kong
and Melbourne.
Dr Charlotte Severne
MSc, PhD (Geology), ONZM
Independent Director
Dr Charlotte Severne (Tūwharetoa, Tūhoe)
was appointed to the PGG Wrightson Limited
Board on 18 June 2021 as an Independent
Director. She is also Chair of PGG Wrightson's
Health, Safety and Environment Committee.
Charlotte was a commercial scientist and
executive for 20 years. She was also Deputy
Vice Chancellor at both Lincoln and Massey
Universities.
In 2017 she received an ONZM for her
contribution to Science and Māori. In 2018 she
was appointed the Māori Trustee, with various
governance and agency roles for whenua
Māori across New Zealand.
22
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
23
Executive Team | Ngā Kaihautū
Stephen Guerin
Chief Executive Officer
Stephen was appointed Chief
Executive Officer (CEO) of PGG
Wrightson Limited in June
2019. Stephen is a director of
several Group subsidiaries and
a Director of the PGG Wrightson
Employee Benefits Plan Trustee
Limited. He holds a Bachelor of
Business Studies (Accounting)
from Massey University and
is a member of the Institute
of Directors and Chartered
Accountants Australia & New
Zealand. Stephen is also a
Director of Safer Farms and a
director on a community charity
board.
Prior to this appointment as CEO,
Stephen was responsible for all
aspects of the Retail & Water
group business which includes
the Rural Supplies, Fruitfed
Supplies, Agritrade, and Water
businesses. He has worked for
PGG Wrightson Limited and its
predecessor companies since
1988.
Nick Berry
General Manager Retail & Water
Nick was appointed General
Manager Retail & Water in August
2019. Nick joined PGG Wrightson
Limited as New Business Growth
Manager for Agritrade in 2014
and through his five-year period
with Agritrade, he grew the
business substantially.
Before joining PGG Wrightson
Limited, Nick was General
Manager at RD1 for eight
years and prior to that he was
National Operations Manager.
Nick has an extensive track
record of experience at general
management level. Nick’s
strengths include leadership,
business management, and a
strong sales and service focus,
backed by a strong affinity for the
retail and agribusiness sectors.
Julian Daly
General Manager Corporate Affairs
Julian is responsible for the
Group Strategy, Marketing, Legal,
Corporate Communications,
Business Services, and Investor
Relations functions for PGG
Wrightson Limited. He is
also Company Secretary and
previously held a number of
responsibilities including, General
Manager of PGG Wrightson
Real Estate Limited and
Internal Audit. Julian has broad
operational involvement across
the business and is Chair of the
Credit Committee and Risk and
Compliance Committee, director
of several Group subsidiaries and
a Director of the PGG Wrightson
Employee Benefits Plan Trustee
Limited.
He is a former General Counsel
of DB Breweries Limited and
has previously worked for law
firms in the Middle East and
New Zealand. Outside of his PGG
Wrightson Limited role, Julian
also has a number of governance
and voluntary positions,
including as a Director of Trade
Aid New Zealand, recently retired
as Chair of Selwyn House School
and as a Citizens Advice Bureau
community lawyer.
Sarah Mears
General Manager People & Safety
Sarah joined PGG Wrightson
Limited in 2011 and was
appointed the role of General
Manager People and Safety in
August 2024. Sarah is responsible
for the design and delivery of our
Group People & Safety strategy,
through Leadership of our Health,
Safety & Wellbeing, Human
Resources Business Partnering
and HR Shared Services teams.
She has provided direct HR
Business Partnering services and
Leadership across all Business
Units before moving into her
current role.
Sarah is a former Area Human
Resources Manager for
Intercontinental Hotel Group
where she spent 15 years in
generalist HR and Learning
Development roles which saw
her work and travel across New
Zealand, Australia and Southeast
Asia.
Peter Newbold
General Manager Livestock
& Real Estate
Peter is General Manager
Livestock & Real Estate. Peter
has led the PGG Wrightson
Limited Real Estate business since
September 2013 and he took
responsibility for PGG Wrightson
Limited Livestock in October
2020. Peter was previously
General Manager of New Zealand
Sotheby’s International Realty.
Peter was employed by
Wrightson Limited from 1995-
2005 during which time he
held a range of roles including
Marketing Manager and Business
Development Manager. Prior to
this, he had an extensive career
in retail ownership management
and franchising.
Peter Scott
Chief Financial Officer
Peter was appointed as PGG
Wrightson Limited’s Chief
Financial Officer in March 2015
and leads the finance and
technology functions. Peter
started his career at Fletcher
Challenge and has broad
multinational experience, having
spent five years in Scandinavia
where he was the Vice President
of Accounting and Tax for Norske
Skog, a large global newsprint
and magazine paper producer.
He relocated to Australia in 2005
and was appointed to the lead
finance role for the Australasian
region for Norske Skog. In 2008
Peter joined Gloucester Coal
Limited, an Australian Securities
Exchange listed mining company
as the Chief Financial Officer.
In 2010 he joined the majority
shareholder Noble Group, a
leader in managing the supply
chain of agriculture, energy,
metals and mining resources,
headquartered in Hong Kong and
listed in Singapore. He was the
Chief Financial Officer for Noble
Group in Australia.
Rachel Shearer
General Manager Wool
Rachel joined PGG Wrightson
Limited in 2016 as the General
Manager People & Safety. She
was appointed the General
Manager Wool in August 2024
to provide leadership in all
aspects of Wool procurement,
logistics, sales, and wool export.
Rachel stepped into this role as
a trusted Executive leader, as she
is a strategic thinker who has
strengths in both operational
and people leadership. She is
passionate about the primary
sector and driving growth and
innovation across PGG Wrightson
Limited’s wool business.
A member of the Institute
of Directors, Rachel is PGG
Wrightson Limited’s Executive
Director of bidr®, New Zealand's
leading online platform for
livestock trading, as well as
a director of other Group
subsidiaries. Prior to joining PGG
Wrightson Limited, Rachel was
the General Manager Human
Resources at Solid Energy New
Zealand Limited, after time spent
locally and internationally as
a human resource consultant
specialising in organisational
design, workforce planning and
business transformation.
Nick Kole, Fruitfed Supplies Area Sales Manager, explores
the newly established Te Whenua Tupu, the Living Lab at the
Marlborough Research Centre with John Patterson, Marlborough
Research Centre CEO, in Blenheim, Marlborough.
The year in review
Te arotake i te tau
PGW has two operating groups: Retail & Water and Agency
E rua ngā rōpū whakahaere o PGW: Hokohoko me te Wai me te Umanga
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
2524
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
26
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
27
Michael Wardle, PGW Service
Technician - Water, wires up the
pivot corner arm which is GPS guided
using Valley® Irrigation’s latest Gen
2 guidance, with Andrew Stewart,
owner of Cresslands Farms, near
Waikuku, North Canterbury.
The Retail & Water business incorporates Rural Supplies,
Fruitfed Supplies, Water, and Agritrade. Retail &
Water recorded Operating EBITDA of $42.2 million, an
improvement of $1.1 million from the prior year’s result.
Revenue of $773.0 million, was up $39.4 million.
Our Retail & Water business experienced good revenue growth on the prior
year, retaining and consolidating market share. Retail & Water’s five-year plan
was refreshed with a focus on a range of growth initiatives.
A key example of such initiatives was PGW’s acquisition of Nexan Group which
completed in July 2025. Nexan Group develops, manufactures, and markets
a range of animal health brands, including Vetmed (see page 40). Another
recently launched growth orientated initiative is our ‘BlueAG’ agricultural
chemical private label strategy. Our BlueAG brand forms another important
plank in our strategy to expand our product offerings (see page 41).
The Nexan Group acquisition and BlueAG product range launch are good
examples of strategic growth initiatives being implemented, which align with
PGW Group’s strategy of bringing expertise and innovation to market that
benefits New Zealand farmers and growers. We have identified the animal
health category as an important growth opportunity. Customers have also
encouraged PGW to bring reliable generic animal health options to market,
and PGW is responding to these demands.
This was the second year of the PGW intern trials programme, led by our
dedicated Technical Team. There have been promising results, and we continue
to invest in this work to provide knowledge to our team and our customers
(see pages 52-54).
Our Retail & Water marketing efforts focused on showcasing our technical
and industry knowledge as our key point of difference. Highlights included
the launch of our Blue Shed Diary podcast, a new partnership with The Rural
Roundup, and engaging digital coverage via the Retail & Water Facebook
and Instagram pages. We have seen growth across our channels, driven by
engaging content and the use of AI tools to enhance performance. Events like
South Island Field Days, where we took out Best Overall Site, also demonstrates
the positive community connection work going on in the business.
Retail & Water Group
Rōpū Hokohoko me te Wai
Revenue
$
773.0m
▲ $39.4m
Operating
EBITDA
$
42.2m
▲ $1.1m
Rural SuppliesFruitfed SuppliesWater & Irrigation
Agritrade
The year in review | Retail & Water group continued
Aimee Dyke, PGW Technical Field
Representative, discusses the
benefits of implementing Zolvix Plus
to an animal health plan with Curtis
Pannett, owner of Hills Springs,
near Roxburgh, Central Otago.
28
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
29
We continually review our store network and seek
opportunities for improvement to provide operational
efficiencies and better customer experience. During
the year, the Waimate Rural Supplies store and office
area underwent a full refurbishment. In July 2025, our
Invercargill Rural Supplies store, Regional office, and Real
Estate office relocated to a new development adjacent
to the existing PGW Wool store. The following month,
the Ohakune Fruitfed Supplies store moved to a new
purpose-built site.
Rural Supplies |
Ngā Whakaratonga Taiwhenua
Our Rural Supplies business performed solidly, as
sentiment in the farming sector improved over the
course of the year, with the strengthening in export
commodity prices. It has been pleasing to see dairy,
sheep, and beef farmers all benefitting from increased
returns, which helped many farming operations return to
profitability. While sales revenue improved on the prior
year, farmers took a generally conservative approach
with many using good returns to reduce debt.
Fertiliser and stockfood were in demand, as farmers
focused on increasing production to maximise the
higher commodity returns. The animal health category
continues to grow. There was additional spend on
capital items, such as fencing, in the latter half of the
year. However, the arable sector was more challenging
with reduced demand for seed crops and prices coming
under pressure.
We anticipate farming returns will remain positive for
the near to medium term and present opportunities
for growth.
Fruitfed Supplies | Ngā Whakaratonga ā-Huawhenua
Fruitfed Supplies faced a challenging trading environment
in FY25, which saw total revenue slightly back on the prior
year. Despite the headwinds Fruitfed Supplies maintained a
strong market position, reflecting the value our customers
place on our technical knowledge, reliable service, and
comprehensive product range.
Encouragingly, we have seen renewed optimism in both
the kiwifruit and apple sectors. Orchard investment, new
plantings, and a focus on varietal development signal
ongoing confidence in the future of these crops. Buoyant
export demand, improved post-harvest performance, and
stable pricing has contributed to a more positive outlook
for these growers. Fruitfed Supplies is well-positioned
to support growth in these sectors through tailored
programmes, technical expertise, and a commitment to
helping growers maximise returns.
The broader horticultural environment also presented
challenges this year, particularly in the viticulture and
vegetable sectors. Viticulture supplies were subdued, due
to a global oversupply of wine. Growers were impacted
by a combination of global market pressures, rising input
costs, and variable growing conditions across some
regions. These pressures have impacted grower confidence
and investment decisions in some categories. Fruitfed
Supplies has worked closely with our customers to provide
support through technical advice, product solutions,
and supply chain continuity. Our Technical Horticultural
Representatives place particular emphasis on integrated
crop protection strategies, product stewardship, and
precision agriculture. These focus areas are increasingly
important as growers seek to manage cost pressures, while
maintaining high standards of quality.
Internally, we continued to invest in our people and
systems. Training and development initiatives have
upskilled our teams, ensuring we remain at the forefront of
industry knowledge and service delivery. Our supply chain
was resilient, ensuring product availability despite ongoing
global logistics challenges.
Water & Irrigation |
Te Wai me te Whakamākūkū
Unseasonably high rainfall in early FY25 delayed irrigation
maintenance, with some customers not irrigating at all
during January, normally a busy month in the irrigation
season. Continued wet conditions into autumn further
impacted servicing, resulting in fewer completed projects
and service jobs. Arable customers experienced global
and domestic pressures and limited their spend levels in
response to these market conditions. There was limited
development work for our Sales & Project team in the first
half of the financial year, with vigorous competition creating
pricing pressure. However, the team has seen a momentum
shift in the second half in response to a buoyant dairy
sector, which has lifted investment confidence.
Client referrals continue to grow, reflecting our service
team’s expanding technical expertise. PGW Water remains
committed to capability development, with ongoing
investment in specialised training. Several technicians have
completed the Electrical Service Technician certification,
enabling more electrical work capability and enhancing our
in-field service offering.
Agritrade |
Tauhokohoko Ahuwhenua
Agritrade, our wholesale business division, traded well at
a revenue level despite a difficult operating environment.
The business undertook a 'cost to serve' analysis designed
to identify opportunities for operational cost reductions,
uncover process efficiencies, evaluate our operating model,
and improve margins. Revenue was positive comparatively
to the prior year with contributions from our Maxcare
products and growth in the animal health business.
The year was marked by some strategic investments in
growth initiatives looking to the future. Agritrade launched
its Farma range, an exclusive animal health product line
developed by Nexan, to our veterinary customers. PGW’s
acquisition of the Nexan Group, a leading New Zealand
animal health manufacturer, was a key investment for PGW
and Agritrade’s supply chain (see page 40).
Chris Lambert, PGW Technical Specialist (vegetables), assesses the effects
of treatments in a trial focussed on managing soil-borne diseases of
squash on a farm near Gisborne, Tairāwhiti.
30
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
31
Rob Harvey, PGW Livestock Representative,
inspects the bulls ahead of the 2024
Mt Possession Annual Angus Bull Sale,
Ashburton Lakes, Canterbury.
Our Agency group incorporates the Livestock, Wool, and Real Estate
businesses. Operating EBITDA was $23.5 million which was up by
an impressive $11.1 million on the prior year’s result. Revenue was
$201.0 million, up $20.3 million.
Livestock | Ngā Kararehe
Our Livestock business recorded exceptional financial results on the back of elevated meat
pricing and increased volumes in beef and dairy cattle.
Strong demand for cattle, resulting from significant export demand and constrained supply
internationally, drove livestock prices to record levels. Pricing remained high throughout the
year due to processor demand, good feed reserves, and robust beef schedules. Farmers took
the opportunity to sell older cattle ahead of winter to maximise returns and preserve pasture
availability for young stock into spring.
Sheep pricing improved significantly year-on-year, particularly in the second half of the
financial year. Elevated schedules allowed farmers to take advantage of prices where declining
feed and dry conditions impacted production. The number of sheep transacted reduced
slightly, a result of lower numbers throughout the country from continued land use change.
A mild and early winter provided confidence for winter lambs, with many farmers taking
advantage of increased prices rather than finishing stock.
It was a slow start to the dairy selling season, as good pricing for dairy resulted in strong
demand and limited supply. Farmers preferred to hold on to livestock given conditions and
the strong milk payout outlook. Pricing was buoyed by forecast milk prices, and high-end
herd sales in the North Island generating exceptional values. There were also strong forward
contracts for dairy herd sales.
Agency Group
Rōpū umanga
Revenue
$
201.0m
▲ $20.3m
Operating
EBITDA
$
23.5m
▲ $11.1m
LivestockWoolReal Estate
Source: Fonterra
Farmgate Midpoint Milk Prices
11.00
10.50
10.00
9.50
9.00
8.50
8.00
7.50
7.00
$/kgMS
Jun 2024 Aug 2024 Oct 2024 Dec 2024 Feb 2025 Apr 2025 Jun 2025
Range band Midpoint ($) per kgMS
The year in review | Agency group continued
32
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
33
Stud stock sales rebounded as clients returned to the
market with an increased demand for sire bulls with
records set during the selling season. The 33-year sale
record for all bull breeds of $155,000 was broken at this
year’s East Coast Angus bull sales, when a bull sold for
$156,000. Remarkably, this record was broken the very
next day, with another bull fetching $161,000.
Our GO-STOCK sheep, beef, dairy, and deer products
experienced strong demand, remaining popular as an
innovative solution for farmers seeking to free up capital.
While earlier in the financial year there was reluctance
for farmers to commit; declining interest rates, improved
feed availability in the South Island, and higher stock
values and meat schedules resulted in a steady uplift in
GO-STOCK contracts.
The deer velvet market was strained at the beginning
of the year due to a temporary import ban in the China
market. The ban was lifted during the year and the
amount of velvet transacted was overall only slightly
down year-on-year, albeit at lower prices. This disruption
caused delays to shipments throughout the year, but
this was caught up from March onwards, with seven
containers shipped in the final days of the financial
year. We introduced Defer-a-Stag, an innovative tailored
deferred payment solution designed to support deer
farming customers manage cash flow, while continuing
to invest in livestock during seasonal peaks.
Safety at our saleyards remained a key priority, with
several sites undergoing significant upgrades to enhance
both safety and operational facilities. The integration of
the Frankton saleyard into the portfolio was completed
smoothly, with the site also benefiting from infrastructure
improvements.
A strategic priority for the Livestock business is the
strengthening and growth of our supply chain partnerships
with preferred meat processors. These relationships add
value to PGW and our customers by providing consistent
high-quality service, certainty, flexible contracts, and finance
options. Even though there has been a year-on-year reduction
in livestock sent to meat processors, it is pleasing that PGW
has experienced growth in volumes across most species to our
supply chain partners, indicating a growing market share.
SkyCount™, PGW’s drone Artificial Intelligence solution
for efficient and accurate in-field livestock count audits, is
receiving enquiries from customers. The benefits of SkyCount™
include precise stock counts with reduced operational farming
impacts, enhanced safety, and reduced stress for both animals
and staff.
bidr®, our online trading platform, is well established in the
livestock sector nationally and its database of buyers grew over
the year. This growth was driven by continued demand for
hybrid integration, online bidding, and livestreaming of cattle
sales at saleyards and on-farm auctions. bidr® hosted over 1,000
auctions, with regular weekly sales at 14 saleyards nationwide.
bidr® has firmly established itself as the New Zealand market
leading online auction platform for livestock.
Real Estate |
Hokohoko Whenua
Improved sentiment in the real estate market has continued,
contributing to pleasing performance for PGW Real Estate,
with revenue activity up by 55% on the same period last year.
The market has been buoyed by a gradual downward trend in
interest rates, stronger dairy payouts, robust red meat pricing,
and farm gate prices breathing confidence into the sector.
After a couple of years of low activity, the volume of property
listings and sales activity reached levels not seen for some time.
bidr® livestreaming at the 2024
Beltex New Zealand Ram sale
at Rangiatea Farm, Mt Somers,
Canterbury.
Jason Rutter, PGW Real Estate Salesperson, discusses the outstanding
finishing property the family has owned since 1966 with Chris and
Garth Shaw, owners of Wharetoa Farm, near Balclutha, South Otago.
Rural sales, particularly in the dairy and horticulture markets,
have markedly improved on the prior year. This has been
particularly notable in the Lower South Island (Otago and
Southland regions) and the Central North Island (Waikato and
Bay of Plenty regions). There were 14 rural sales greater than
$10 million in value during the period, including a property that
sold for greater than $40 million. Provincial towns saw increased
activity as buyers were attracted to a combination of choice,
value, and popular amenities. The lifestyle market has been
slower to respond to improving market conditions, nevertheless
still experienced a year-on-year improvement.
During the year, PGW Real Estate made a number of agent
appointments to strengthen the team in key territories and
to grow into new markets. The Real Estate business launched
an Internal Referral Scheme aimed at leveraging our extensive
connections and networks within PGW Group and provincial
communities.
Source: Beef + Lamb New Zealand Economic Service & Insights
All Grades Lamb – $/head
220
200
180
160
140
120
100
$/head
Jun 2022 Dec 2022 Jun 2023 Dec 2023 Jun 2024 Dec 2024 Jun 2025 Jun 2022 Dec 2022 Jun 2023 Dec 2023 Jun 2024 Dec 2024 Jun 2025
850
800
750
700
650
600
550
500
c/kg
Prime Steer & Heifer – 270-295kg-c/kg
The year in review | Agency group continued
34
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
35
Wool | Wūru
The wool season concluded with improved wool prices up on the previous
year, though there remains significant room for further improvement to create
a profitable future for wool growers. Strong wool prices improved on the back
of reduced volumes produced, and export volumes declining in line with the
reducing sheep flock. Mid-micron wool rose dramatically towards the back end of
the season, with prices reaching levels not seen for several years. The season was
mixed for fine wool, with ultra-fine wool in high demand.
It was a challenging year for wool production due to difficult growing conditions
and a notable decline in shearable sheep, leading to a reduction in bales
handled across our stores. Despite the reduced bale numbers, we maintained
market share. It is hoped that recent favourable growing conditions will result
in increased fleece weight and higher quality wool, leading to improved grower
returns. While the season closed out with the strong wool price indicator up on
the previous year, there remains significant room for value growth.
Peter McCusker, PGW Wool Representative (C), discusses
the high quality and ideal suitability of Meikleburn’s fine
half-bred wool for Norsewear’s product range, with Tim
Deane, owner of Norsewear (L), and Heidi and Andrew
Jamison (R) with their son, managers of Meikleburn
Station, near Fairlie, South Canterbury.
PGW partnered with iconic Kiwi brand Norsewear to strengthen the value of ethically
produced New Zealand wool and support domestic manufacturing. The partnership
connects PGW growers directly with trusted manufacturers, delivering price certainty
and value for growers through long-term contracts, by ensuring reliable demand
and supply of fully traceable New Zealand wool. Wool Integrity NZ™, PGW Wool’s
assurance brand, certifies that the wool meets world-leading standards in animal
welfare and sustainability. The goal is to build confidence in this value chain and
encourage more brands to follow.
Our wool exporting subsidiary, Bloch & Behrens Wool (NZ) Limited, achieved an
increase in wool export volumes to key markets, predominantly in Europe. This was
particularly pleasing given wool volumes exported from New Zealand declined in
the year.
New Zealand Wool Exports - Strong Wool
10,000
7,500
5,000
2,500
0
tonnes
$ per tonne
2023 Jul
2023 Aug
2023 Sept
2023 Oct
2023 Nov
2023 Dec
2024 Jan
2024 Feb
2024 Mar
2024 Apr
2024 May
2024 Jun
2024 Jul
2024 Aug
2024 Sept
2024 Oct
2024 Nov
2024 Dec
2025 Jan
2025 Feb
2025 Mar
2025 Apr
2025 May
2025 Jun
tonnes clean $ per tonnes clean
Source: Beef + Lamb New Zealand Economic Service & Insights
10,000
7,500
5,000
2,500
0
New Zealand Wool Exports - All Wool
10,000
7,500
5,000
2,500
0
tonnes
$ per tonne
2023 Jul
2023 Aug
2023 Sept
2023 Oct
2023 Nov
2023 Dec
2024 Jan
2024 Feb
2024 Mar
2024 Apr
2024 May
2024 Jun
2024 Jul
2024 Aug
2024 Sept
2024 Oct
2024 Nov
2024 Dec
2025 Jan
2025 Feb
2025 Mar
2025 Apr
2025 May
2025 Jun
tonnes clean $ per tonnes clean
10,000
7,500
5,000
2,500
0
Our refreshed purpose showcases the driving
force behind what we do, focusing on supporting
farmers and growers to confidently achieve their
goals through trusted partnerships, expert service,
and knowledgeable advice.
Our Vision | Tā Mātou
Tūruapō
EMPOWERED FARMERS AND
GROWERS FOR GENERATIONS
TO COME.
Kia ihumanea ngā kaipāmu me
ngā kaitipu mō ngā reanga e ara
mai ana.
Our PGW Group Strategy is built on our heritage and long-standing
commitment to deliver value for New Zealand’s rural sector. It focuses
on strengthening our trusted customer relationships, empowering our
people, and generating efficiencies through technology and innovation.
By leveraging the collective strength of our diverse businesses and
investing in innovation, we are positioning PGW for sustainable,
long-term quality growth.
Our vision communicates why we do what we do.
It is future focused, bringing farmers and growers,
and the experience from working with us into
the foreground of what we do every day. It also
encapsulates that we share in our customers’ success.
Our Purpose | Tā Mātou
Kaupapa
HELPING FARMERS AND
GROWERS SUCCEED WITH EXPERT
KNOWLEDGE AND CONFIDENCE.
He āwhina i ngā kaipāmu me ngā
kaitipu kia angitu mā ngā mōhiotanga
mātanga me te ngākau titikaha.
During the year, PGW launched its refreshed
purpose and vision, and reset its Group Strategy.
PGW Group
Strategy | Rautaki Rōpū a PGW
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
3736
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGW Group Strategy | Snapshot
BUSINESS UNITS
• Rural Supplies
• Fruitfed Supplies
• Water
• Agritrade
• Livestock
• Wool
• Real Estate
BUSINESS FUNCTIONS
•
R
egional
•
I
nformation Technology
•
People & Safety
•
M
arketing
•
Procurement & Property
•
F
inance
•
Corporate Affairs
• Māori Agribusiness
Our Purpose | Tā Mātou Kaupapa
HELPING FARMERS AND GROWERS SUCCEED WITH
EXPERT KNOWLEDGE AND CONFIDENCE.
He āwhina i ngā kaipāmu me ngā kaitipu kia angitu mā
ngā mōhiotanga mātanga me te ngākau titikaha.
Our Values | Tā Mātau Uara
Our Vision | Tā Mātou Tūruapō
EMPOWERED FARMERS AND GROWERS FOR
GENERATIONS TO COME.
Kia ihumanea ngā kaipāmu me ngā kaitipu mō ngā
reanga e ara mai ana.
Harness PGW’s
collective reach,
relationships,
and systems to
strategically grow
the business and
market share.
Identify and offer
innovative solutions
that utilise science
and systems,
supporting farmers
and growers to reach
their goals.
Draw on our heritage,
reach, technical
expertise, customer
relationships, and
scale as a source
of competitive
advantage.
Develop the technical
expertise of our
people, anticipate the
requirements of our
future workforce, and
keep our team safe
and well.
Leverage Our
Collective Reach
Customer Focused
Innovation
Differentiated
Offering
Invest in Our
People
SustainabilityPerformance
Measures
Embed environmental,
social and governance
practices across PGW
operations and value
chains for long-term
resilience and social
responsibility.
Monitor financial,
safety, and customer
experience KPIs,
analysing and
interpreting data to
improve business
outcomes.
Accountability
Te Papanga
Leadership
Te Hautūtanga
Integrity
Pono
Smarter
Kia koi ake
Teamwork
Te Mahi Tahi
Our Strategy on a Page layout captures in a high-level snapshot our purpose, vision, values,
Business Units, Functions, and our Group Strategic Priorities into an easily understood
cohesive framework. Our Strategic Priorities articulate the unified areas of focus for the
business, guiding our collective efforts to strengthen our position as a market leader.
The PGW Group Strategy outlines our Strategic Priorities at a high level, these cascade though the Business Units
and Business Functions in specific actions and initiatives. The Strategic Priorities have measurable objectives, and
we track our progress against specific deliverables and targets. Our Group Strategy remains dynamic and evolving in
response to changing market demands, ensuring we remain agile and future focused.
Our Group Strategic Priorities
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
3938
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
40
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
41
The acquisition is a complementary strategic fit, aligning with our
PGW Group Strategy while supporting growth. PGW has partnered
with Nexan for over a decade, and its commitment to innovation
and rural communities aligns well with PGW’s vision and purpose.
The acquisition ensures these trusted New Zealand made products
remain backed by local expertise and tailored to meet the needs of
our rural communities. Nexan has a proven record in the research
and development (R&D) space as an innovator, and we see this core
capability adding to PGW’s strengths.
Through Agritrade, our wholesale division, PGW will continue to
exclusively distribute Nexan’s full product range, which is widely
available through veterinary practices and rural merchants across
New Zealand, including PGW’s Retail network.
Nexan Group Acqusition
In July 2025, PGW acquired Nexan
Group, the manufacturer of animal
health products. This investment
reinforces PGW’s commitment to
supporting local manufacturing
and delivering high-quality
innovative solutions that help New
Zealand farmers thrive.
These initiatives further develop and leverage our existing strengths and amplify a number of our Group’s
Strategic Priorities; in particular our ambitions to capitalise on Customer Focused Innovation and our
Differentiated Offering. Customer Focused Innovation identifies innovative solutions that utilise science
and systems to support farmers and growers achieve their production goals. Our Differentiated Offering
hones in on the unique areas of competitive advantage that set PGW apart from others in the market.
Ultimately, these initiatives all target growth opportunities for the business, while leveraging PGW’s core
competency around its technical offering.
BlueAG
Another key growth initiative
is our ‘BlueAG’ private label
ag-chem range which will
be stocked through our
Rural Supplies and Fruitfed
Supplies stores later this year.
Building brand equity in our proprietary BlueAG range will
provide greater branding recognition, and the opportunity to
build trust and credibility in our label, which we will continue
to grow and develop with additional ranging over time.
BlueAG provides PGW with price-point control, while giving
our customers more product options they can trust.
Research and Development Site
We also recently announced
that PGW has taken the lease
of the Geelen Family Trust
Research Station, previously
operated by Bayer Crop
Science, in Hastings.
PGW has had a longstanding commitment to R&D, and this site is an extension of that
continued investment.
The site will be a dedicated hub for horticultural and agricultural research. Each year, PGW’s
dedicated Technical Team runs some 70 to 80 scientific trials in paddocks and orchards
across the country, in collaboration with cooperating farmers and growers. By investing
in our own dedicated site, it will enable us to expand on those trial programmes and
implement more controlled and scalable research at this specifically purposed facility. This
R&D pipeline will allow us to deliver even greater insights and value on-farm and orchard
for years to come.
The 2.8-hectare site is currently split into approximately 600 apple trees, 50 peach trees,
1,100 metres of grapevines, and around one hectare of grasses which will likely be
cultivated into fodder and onion crops.
PGW’s trials may investigate the efficacy of new plant protection products, evaluate
herbicides as part of registration processes, or look into how particular fertilisers work in
New Zealand conditions. Each trial builds a deeper knowledge and understanding of the
products to be supplied to our customers.
We learn firsthand how these products work in local conditions, often years before they are
available to our market or before our competitors are even aware of them. The knowledge
gained during these trials is fed directly to our frontline staff working with farmers and
growers. Results from the first trials, launching in September, are expected from January 2026.
We have recently announced three important initiatives
that fit well with our strategy of enhancing PGW’s
position as the market leader in the rural servicing sector
in relation to our technical offering.
PGW Group Strategy | Initiatives
Nexan’s range provides scientifically developed drenching solutions for cattle, sheep, and deer.
Its brands include Vetmed, Active+, Farma, Cervidae, and Centramax.
Ryegrass and clover in a summer
paddock. Proprietary seeds can
provide a long-term advantage.
Photo credit: PGG Wrightson Seeds Limited
PGW Group Strategy | Performance Measures
Performance Measures
Customer Experience:
Safety Performance:Financial Performance:
Net Promoter Score (NPS):
Target continual annual improvement.
Normalised EBIT:
Target of 10% growth
in Normalised Earnings
Before Interest and
Tax over a three-year
rolling cycle.
ROCE:
Target 10% Return
on Capital Employed
(ROCE) over a three-
year rolling cycle.
Earnings per Share
(EPS):
Earnings Per Share (EPS):
Target of 11 cents per
share for the financial
year to 30 June 2025.
The Health, Safety, and Wellbeing of our people is of utmost
importance to us and an area where we want to raise PGW’s
game. A key safety performance measure is continuous
improvement in our safety and wellbeing culture. This is
measured through our Total Recordable Injury Frequency
Rate (TRIFR), a common safety metric used by organisations
to measure improvement. We are committed to continuous
annual improvement and demonstrated this against various
Critical Risks. Our overall TRIFR result for FY25 was as follows:
PGW’s purpose is to help our farmer and grower customers
succeed. A key feature of PGW’s success as a business is the
trust that customers place in PGW, our people, and our brand.
We know that PGW is seen as a trusted provider to the rural
servicing sector. We do not take that for granted, we undertake
external research regularly to better understand customer
perceptions of PGW and gather insights as to how we are seen
as a business. This work provides good actionable observations
relating to the deep customer relationships our frontline staff
have and the trust that our customers place in PGW.
Given customer experience is so important to our continued
success as a business our strategy is to target continual
annual improvements in our Group Net Promoter Scores (NPS)
measures. NPS is a commonly used measurement of customer
satisfaction and loyalty, which is based on a customer’s
likelihood to recommend a service or business. PGW’s Group
NPS results for FY25 are as follows:
One of our key objectives is to maintain positive growth across the financial cycles, ensuring long-term value creation for our shareholders.
Our three financial performance measure results for FY25 were as follows:
Significant positive gain
from previous year’s NPS survey
Not achieved Not achieved
cents per share
Although FY25 included a rebound
for the Livestock and Real Estate
businesses, this did not offset the
reduced earnings in the Retail &
Water business compared to the
record FY23 result.
While the result was just short of
the target, it was impacted by the
challenging FY24 result which was
largely a product of the economic
environment that was felt across
the agricultural sector.
PGW’s EPS benefited from the
much-improved operating result,
in particular for the Livestock and
Real Estate businesses.
-24%9%14
FY25:FY25:FY25:
Another Strategic Priority are our PGW Group Performance Measures. These measures identify several key performance
indicators we track on an ongoing basis, to assess how well we are delivering on the business outcomes we aim to achieve, and
how we can analyse and interpret the data to improve these business outcomes. The three performance areas we monitor as
part of this Strategic Priority include measures for Financial Performance, Safety Performance, and Customer Experience.
Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate
(TRIFR):
Demonstrate continuous annual
improvement in our safety outcomes.
The TRIFR rate increased by 4.6%* compared
to FY24. This is partly as a result of improved
reporting across the business as our safety
culture matures. We continue to monitor our
results, as we strive to continually improve our
safety performance.
PGW’s Group NPS experienced a significant positive gain on
last year. These results align with an improvement in rural
confidence levels as recorded in recent sentiment surveys.
Importantly, it also indicates that PGW’s NPS scores have
improved noticeably relative to our key competitors.
A slight increase
from previous year’s result
FY25:
FY25:
* These calculations are based on contracted hours worked by permanent
and temporary employees, using a base of 1 million hours.
Achieved
Not achieved
Achieved
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
4342
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
The on-farm lamb sale at Airies Station
in Rollesby Valley, west of Fairlie,
South Canterbury.
Three Decades
of Dedication:
Celebrating the
Rollesby Valley
Lamb Sale
The celebration of South Canterbury’s
30th annual Rollesby Valley Lamb
Sale in Burke’s Pass, also marked
the 30th anniversary of dedicated,
continuous support from PGW Livestock
Representative, Bruce Dunbar. Bruce’s
commitment to this event and the local
community is the culmination of his
passion for the sector and representative
of the relationships cultivated with
vendors and buyers over three decades
of service.
Our People | Ā Mātou Tāngata
Livestock
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
4544
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Our People | Three Decades of Dedication
46
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
47
The single-farm initiative between Bruce and the Munro
family at Airies Station that began in 1995 was a relatively new
concept at a time when on-farm livestock auctions were rare.
n board from the start, neighbouring
farms joined the progressive sale
event, moving from farm to farm
throughout the day. Over the decades,
the sale has grown into one of the
region’s most anticipated livestock
events. Peak years have included up to
eight farms selling some 22,000 lambs
sold in a single day. This year, six farms
participated to contribute a total of
16,000 lambs to the sale.
Rollesby Valley Lamb Sale’s mid-February
date is ideal timing for store lamb buyers
throughout the South Island. Many
buyers are Mid-Canterbury cropping
farmers looking to restock after their
harvest. The sale’s format, offering store
lambs freshly weaned and sorted by size
and type, ensures buyers receive high-
quality animals at a time when demand
is strong.
Bruce noted that this year’s sale reflected
one of the best growing seasons in
recent memory, “Late spring and summer
brought exceptional pasture growth, and
with export schedules remaining firm,
farmers were well-positioned to benefit.
Most vendors saw price increases of
$35 to $50 per head compared to last
year, which speaks to the strength of the
market and the quality of the lambs on
offer.”
The sale route alternates annually,
either starting at the bottom of the
valley and moving upward or vice versa.
This year, the sale went up the valley,
showcasing the diversity and scale of the
participating properties.
While the roster of farms has shifted
over time, a core group have remained
constant participants. These farms, all
Bruce’s long-time clients, help maintain
the sale’s reputation for reliability and
quality.
Grant Munro of Airies Station Partnership
says, “It's been amazing working with
Bruce. He's been our agent for my father
and myself, so he's been our go to guy
for the past 30 years. He's been incredibly
good at what he does, he’s always
approachable. PGW’s been very lucky to
have him on board for the past 30 odd
years.”
The logistics behind the sale are a
significant undertaking. Each year the
event harnesses the support from the
entire PGW team and involves meticulous
coordination across multiple farms.
PGW Livestock Trainees from Otago and
Canterbury lend a hand, gaining valuable
experience.
Peter Newbold, PGW’s General Manager -
Livestock, comments,
“Bruce has been a cornerstone
of this event for 30 years.
His dedication and strong
relationships with his clients
and the wider farming
community has been key
to the sale’s continued
success. Even in years when
market conditions were
less favourable, the sale
consistently delivered strong
results, thanks in a large part
to Bruce’s strategic approach
and trusted relationships.
The farmers of Rollesby Valley
are longstanding and valued
PGW customers, whose loyalty
to the company we deeply
appreciate and respect.”
As the Rollesby Valley Lamb Sale enters
its fourth decade, it remains a vital
fixture in South Canterbury’s agricultural
landscape and calendar. With strong
vendor participation, loyal buyers, and a
dedicated team behind the scenes, the
event continues to thrive thanks in no
small part to Bruce’s enduring leadership
and the collaborative spirit of the local
farming community.
Above: Bruce Dunbar, PGW Livestock
Representative, discusses the quality of the
lambs on offer and how the previous sales had
gone with Angus Munro (L) and Grant Munro (R)
of Airies Station Partnership in Rollesby Valley,
west of Fairlie, South Canterbury.
Left: Sign acknowledging the 30 years of support
from PGW and Bruce Dunbar from Single Hill
Farm, west of Fairlie, South Canterbury.
O
Strength in
Relationships:
Working
Together for
Greater Success
When Ngāi Tukairangi Trust grew
its horticultural footprint into
Turanganui-a-Kiwa | Poverty Bay in
2022 by acquiring two orchards, it
not only added some 36 hectares of
premium Gold kiwifruit, persimmons,
and mandarins to its operation,
but also expanded its wealth of
local knowledge.
Our Customers | Ā Mātou Kiritaki
Cristiano Padilha, Fruitfed Supplies Technical
Horticultural Representative, checks out this season's
satsuma mandarin harvest with Bruce Van Dorp and John
MacPherson, both Orchard Managers with Ngāi Tukairangi
Trust, near Gisborne, Tairāwhiti.
Fruitfed
Supplies
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
4948
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Our Customers | Strength in Relationships
50
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
51
Bruce van Dorp and John MacPherson, two season
orchard managers, brought decades of experience to the
merger and began a valuable and continuing relationship
between Bruce, John, and Cristiano Padiha, Fruited
Supplies Technical Horticultural Representative.
ne of the new orchards, Kahui ā
Nuku located in Makauri, grows
nine hectares of persimmons, six
hectares of Gold kiwifruit, and two and
a half hectares of mandarins. Bruce has
managed these blocks for over 30 years
during which time he has cultivated a
deep-rooted knowledge of Gisborne’s
horticultural landscape. He has shaped
the orchard into a high-performing
operation through his commitment to
innovation. From pioneering the region’s
early transition from Hayward to Gold
kiwifruit in the 1990s to combating
changing climate conditions by elevating
root systems to allow water to run off
into the middle of the rows, the orchard’s
success can be directly linked to Bruce’s
handiwork.
John has managed Kahui ā Rangi for
decades prior to the Ngāi Tukairangi
Trust's purchase. The site currently
spans 11 hectares of persimmons and
eight hectares of Gold kiwifruit. For
years, Bruce and John have worked
together, combining their crews for
harvest and thinning. Finding strength
in collaboration, they maintain close
communication with Ngāi Tukairangi
Trust’s other regional managers to share
insights and best practices. Both orchards
supply domestic and export markets with
export fruit destined for Asia, Australia,
and North America.
After joining Fruitfed Supplies 15
months ago, Cristiano Padilha, Technical
Horticultural Representative, quickly
became a trusted advisor to Bruce
and John, providing timely product
recommendations, technical support,
and logistical assistance.
“Cristiano has slotted in seamlessly,” Bruce
says. “He understands our routines and
the seasonal pressures we face, assisting
us with monitoring pests, planning crop
protection programmes, and ensuring
the orchards have access to the latest
ag-chem solutions. We’ve been working
with Fruitfed Supplies for over 15 years
and our partnership is particularly critical
in managing the unique challenges
of Turanganui-a-Kiwa, such as heavier
soils and increasing autumn rainfall. It’s
always handy when Cristiano can deliver
supplies directly to us, especially when
we’re in the thick of harvest or thinning.”
Cristiano appreciates Bruce’s know-
how, “Working with Bruce is a privilege.
His depth of experience and practical
knowledge make every conversation
valuable. My role is to support his vision
with timely advice and reliable service.
Together, we’ve built a strong relationship
to help the orchard thrive. It’s rewarding
to be part of a team so committed to
excellence and innovation.”
Their collaboration with Cristiano ensures
the operations run smoothly. Christiano’s
technical expertise and quick response to
their needs ensures Bruce and John can
focus on strategic orchard management,
confident that their crop protection plans
and supply needs are in capable hands.
The horticultural landscape in Gisborne
is evolving, Bruce says there is a shift
toward larger corporate ownership and
increasing compliance demands. “It’s a
different environment now, but one that
still depends on good people and strong
local knowledge.”
Fruitfed Supplies is proud to be part of
this environment, supporting growers
like Bruce and John with tailored advice,
reliable service, and collaboration. Their
partnership is a testament to the value of
trust, consistency, commitment, and the
strength of relationships.
Cristiano Padilha (C), Fruitfed Supplies Technical
Horticultural Representative, checks out this season's
satsuma mandarin harvest with Bruce Van Dorp (L)
and John MacPherson (R), both Orchard Managers with
Ngāi Tukairangi Trust, near Gisborne, Tairāwhiti.
O
Research Powered
by collaboration:
New data reveals
a new tool to
manage drench
resistance
Drench resistance and worm challenge
are a growing issue for New Zealand’s
sheep and cattle industry. As there are
no new drench actives on the horizon,
PGW and PGG Wrightson Seeds
Limited (under separate ownership)
collaborated in a multi-year research
trial to reduce worm burdens on-farm,
and reduce drenching, resulting in
slowing of drench resistance.
Our People | Ā Mātou Tāngata
Lambs grazing on a
summer forage crop.
Animal
Health
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
5352
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Our People | Research Powered by Collaboration
54
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
The results show summer forage crops can reduce
parasite burdens in livestock, reducing a reliance
on chemical drenches and slowing resistance
development.
upported by last year’s inaugural PGW
Research & Development Internship
Programme, a summer intern researched
sustainable parasite management
practices in livestock. Until this trial, the
concept of using forage crops as a viable
parasite management tool was assumed
by industry, but there was limited modern
New Zealand data to support this
approach. The trial confirmed the benefits
of summer forage crops. These highly
nutritious, high protein, high energy
crops grow taller and more openly than
traditional pasture. The upright nature of
these crops means more sunlight during
the establishment phase to create an
environment inhospitable to parasites,
resulting in fewer parasite larvae for the
young stock to ingest.
The trial, conducted across multiple
sites including PGG Wrightson Seeds’
Kimihia Research Centre, satellite farms,
and commercial properties throughout
the North and South Islands, focused on
the traditional 28-day drenching cycle.
Using faecal egg counts to monitor worm
reinfection over a 70-day grazing period,
the team found animals grazing on
summer forage crops experienced lower
parasite loads compared to those on
pasture. Many reached processing weight
before needing another treatment, saving
farmers two to three drenches per animal,
reducing input costs and unnecessary
yarding.
Jason Leslie (BVSc) PGW Technical Expert
– Animal Health and veterinarian explains,
“New Zealand’s temperate climate and
moisture levels create ideal conditions
for worm larvae to thrive in pasture. This
is especially problematic for young stock
with underdeveloped immune systems.”
Charlotte Westwood (BVSc, MANCVS,
MVM, PhD) Veterinary Nutritionist at PGG
Wrightson Seeds adds, “The controlled
conditions at Kimihia allowed for
precise monitoring, while the results on
commercial farms confirmed the practical
benefits of the approach. This trial
highlights the importance of agronomic
planning. It’s not just about planting a
crop, it’s about managing it properly to
keep grass and weeds out, which can
harbour larvae. This is a full farm systems
approach, and it’s great to see both
PGW and PGG Wrightson Seeds involved
in developing and supporting these
technologies.”
Jason and Charlotte recommend getting
your agronomist to check for weeds in
the paddock so they can be cleaned
out before planting. Establishment of
the summer forage crop takes from six
weeks to three months, depending on
the particular crop. The absence of stock
over this period means any larvae already
present are reducing with no introduction
of new parasites. Any contamination of
the crop with weeds, in particular grass
weeds, reduces the protection against
worm reinfection.
The trial’s success gained attention
during its launch at Controlling Parasites
of Livestock, an industry and veterinary
workshop hosted by Elanco New
Zealand. It was then subsequently
presented at the New Zealand Veterinary
Association Conference to equal acclaim.
Wormwise, New Zealand’s national worm
management strategy group, has also
recognised the benefits of this trial and
has reiterated the benefits of grazing
animals on summer forage crops.
This initiative aligns with PGW’s broader
mission to support farmers with
sustainable, evidence-based solutions.
By promoting the use of summer forage
crops, PGW is helping farmers improve
productivity, reduce input costs, and
protect the long-term viability of parasite
control methods.
This trial underscores PGW’s role in solving
industry challenges through practical,
science-backed innovation. With strong
data and farmer-focused implementation,
summer forage crops are proving to be
a fantastic tool in New Zealand’s parasite
management strategy.
Scan the QR code for more
information on using
forage crops to lower worm
challenge in lambs.
Jason Leslie, PGW Technical Expert – Animal Health (R), Charlotte Westwood Veterinary
Nutritionist at PGG Wrightson Seeds (L), and Alice Hutchinson, Nutrition Technician
at PGG Wrightson Seeds (C), collect faecal egg count samples from lambs at Kimihia,
PGG Wrightson Seeds, near Lincoln, Canterbury.
Key Financial Disclosures
Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Hira
Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 30 June 2025
Ngā Tauākī ā-Pūtea Tōpū mō te tau i mutu i te 30 Hune 2025
Scott Tapp, PGW Real Estate Salesperson, discusses
the suitability of the property for upscaling their beef
finishing operation with Vanessa and Shaun Russell,
owners of Russell Farms, near Silverdale, Auckland.
S
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
55
56
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
57
The Directors are responsible for ensuring that the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the financial
position of the PGG Wrightson Limited and its controlled entities (together the “Group”) as at 30 June 2025 and the financial
performance and cash flows for the year ended on that date.
The Directors consider that the consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared using appropriate
accounting policies, consistently applied and supported by reasonable judgements and estimates and that all of the relevant
financial reporting and accounting standards have been followed.
The Directors believe that proper accounting records have been kept which enable, with reasonable accuracy, the
determination of the financial position of the Group and facilitate compliance of the consolidated financial statements with
the Financial Reporting Act 2013 and the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013.
The Directors are pleased to present the consolidated financial statements for the Group set out on pages 57 to 100 for the
year ended 30 June 2025.
The consolidated financial statements contained on pages 57 to 100 have been authorised for issue on 11 August 2025.
For and on behalf of the Board.
Garry Moore Sarah Brown
Chair Director and Audit
Committee Chair
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Directors’ Responsibility Statement
For the year ended 30 June 2025
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss
For the year ended 30 June 2025
2025 2024
NOTE $000 $000
Operating revenue 1 975,344 915,946
Cost of sales 2 (720,347) (680,245)
Gross profit 254,997 235,701
Other income 952 252
Employee expenses (146,637) (138,867)
Other operating expenses 3 (53,181) (52,916)
Operating EBITDA 27C 56,131 44,170
Non-operating gains/(losses) 4 1,119 (67)
Impairment and fair value gains/(losses) 5 – –
Depreciation and amortisation expense (31,066) (28,748)
EBIT
27C 26,184 15,355
Net interest expense 6 (11,186) (10,760)
Foreign exchange gain/(loss) 6 821 (390)
Fair value gain/(loss) on foreign exchange derivatives 6 (1,827) 1,124
Profit before income tax 13,992 5,329
Income tax expense 7 (3,328) (2,265)
Net profit after tax 10,664 3,064
Basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS)
2025 2024
NOTE $ $
Basic and diluted EPS 8 0.141 0.041
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
5958
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Key Financial Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Hira
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Consolidated Statement of Other Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 30 June 2025
2025 2024
N
OTE
$000 $000
Net profit after tax 10,664 3,064
Other comprehensive income/(loss)
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Remeasurements of defined benefit liability 18 585 184
T
ax on remeasurements of defined benefit liability
7
(273)
(13)
T
otal other comprehensive income/(loss) for the period 312 171
Total comprehensive income for the period 10,976 3,235
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Segment Report
For the year ended / as at 30 June 2025
A. Operating segments
The Group has two primary operating segments, Agency and Retail
& Water, which are the Group's strategic divisions. These operating
segments operate within New Zealand.
The two operating segments offer different products and services,
and are managed separately because they require different skills,
technology and marketing strategies. Within each segment, further
business unit analysis may be provided to management where there
are significant differences in the nature of activities. The Chief Executive
Officer and Chairman of the Board reviews internal management
reports on each strategic business unit on at least a monthly basis.
The Group's segments are described below:
–
A
gency: This segment derives its revenue primarily from
commissions in respect of rural Livestock, Wool and Real Estate
transactions. This segment also derives revenue from wool and
velvet product sales, and interest revenue from its GO-STOCK
receivables (refer to Note 12 GO-STOCK receivables for further
explanation regarding this programme).
–
Retail &
Water: This segment includes the Rural Supplies and
Fruitfed Supplies retail operations, Agritrade, PGG Wrightson Water,
ancillary sales support and supply chain functions. This segment
derives its revenue primarily from the sale of goods as well as the
design, installation and servicing of irrigation solutions.
– Other (non-operating): Other relates to certain Group Corporate
activities including Governance, Finance, Treasury, Risk and
Assurance, and other support services (such as corporate property
services and marketing). The Marketing function derives sales
revenue from the Group's rewards and on-charging programmes.
Assets and liabilities allocated to each business unit combine to form
total assets and liabilities for the Agency and Retail & Water business
segments. Certain other assets and liabilities are held at a Corporate
level including those for the Corporate functions noted above.
Similarly, the profit or loss for each business unit combines to form
total profit or loss of the Agency and Retail & Water business segments.
Certain other revenues and expenses are recorded at the Corporate
level for the Corporate functions noted above.
Corporate costs allocation
The Group allocates certain Corporate costs to an operating segment
where they can be directly attributed to that segment or using the
following methods:
–
IT har
dware, support, licence and other costs are allocated on a per
user basis.
–
P
roperty costs which are not directly attributable are allocated on
a property space utilisation basis.
–
Business operations costs (
Accounts Payable, Accounts Receivable,
Call Centre) are allocated based on FTE usage by each operating
segment or transactional volumes. Credit Services costs are
allocated to the operating segment to which the overdue
accounts relate.
Other costs such as non-operating gains/losses, impairment and fair
value gains/losses, net interest expense, foreign exchange items and
income tax expense are not fully allocated by the Group across the
operating segments. The Group Governance, Finance, Treasury, and
Risk and Assurance functions continue to be reported outside of the
operating segments.
B.
G
eographical segment
The Group operates within New Zealand only and its revenue is
derived primarily from New Zealand.
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
6160
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Key Financial Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Hira
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Segment Report (continued)
For the year ended / as at 30 June 2025
C. Operating segment information
OTHER
AGENCY RETAIL & WATER (NON-OPERATING) TOTAL
2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024
$000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000
Sales revenue 84,977 89,021 759,215 719,961 1,157 1,364 845,349 810,346
Commission revenue 107,938 83,347 88 102 30 95 108,056 83,544
C
onstruction contract revenue – – 12,368 12,107 – – 12,368 12,107
Interest revenue on GO-STOCK receivables 7,181 7,294 – – – – 7,181 7,294
Interest revenue on overdue debtor accounts 427 552 891 1,003 37 54 1,355 1,609
Sublease income 434 485 402 403 199 158 1,035 1,046
T
otal external operating revenues 200,957 180,699 772,964 733,576 1,423 1,671 975,344 915,946
Cost of sales
(98,086) (94,425) (621,575) (585,024) (686) (796) (720,347) (680,245)
Gross profit 102,871 86,274 151,389 148,552 737 875 254,997 235,701
Other income 952 306 – – – (54) 952 252
Emplo
yee expenses
(51,367)
(46,168)
(68,780)
(67,675)
(26,490)
(25,024)
(146,637)
(138,867)
O
ther operating expenses (28,994) (28,098) (40,459) (39,835) 16,272 15,017 (53,181) (52,916)
Operating EBITDA 23,462 12,314 42,150 41,042 (9,481) (9,186) 56,131 44,170
Non-operating gains/(losses) 1,166 (61) (112) (38) 65 32 1,119 (67)
I
mpairment and fair value gains/(losses) – – – – – – – –
D
epreciation and amortisation expense
(9,875)
(8,552)
(17,329)
(17,019)
(3,862)
(3,177)
(31,066)
(28,748)
EBIT
14,753 3,701 24,709 23,985 (13,278) (12,331) 26,184 15,355
Net interest expense (4,737) (4,793) (2,798) (2,965) (3,651) (3,002) (11,186) (10,760)
F
oreign exchange gain/(loss)
863
(388)
(46)
(1)
4
(1)
821
(390)
Fair value gain/(loss) on
foreign exchange derivatives
(1,611) 1,557 (216) (433) – – (1,827) 1,124
Profit/(loss) before income tax
9,268
77
21,649
20,586
(16,925)
(15,334)
13,992
5,329
Income tax benefit/(expense) (2,196) (94) (5,786) (5,604) 4,654 3,433 (3,328) (2,265)
Net profit/(loss) after tax
7,072
(17)
15,863
14,982
(12,271)
(11,901)
10,664
3,064
S
egment assets 234,147 191,647 249,439 243,537 46,094 41,049 529,680 476,233
Assets held for sale – 1,402 – – – – – 1,402
Total segment assets 234,147 193,049 249,439 243,537 46,094 41,049 529,680 477,635
Total segment liabilities (104,908) (91,394) (146,372) (142,298) (104,590) (79,210) (355,870) (312,902)
C
apital expenditure
(additions to non–current assets)
4,724 13,230 5,645 10,484 12,510 12,542 22,879 36,256
T
he accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
For the year ended 30 June 2025
2025 2024
N
OTE
$000 $000
Cash flows from operating activities
Cash was provided from:
Receipts from customers
916,631
936,313
Dividends r
eceived
6
5
I
nterest received 8,921 9,601
Income tax received 44 –
925,602
945,919
C
ash was applied to:
Payments to suppliers and employees (903,108) (875,584)
Lump sum contribution to PGG Wrightson Employee Benefits Plan (308) (128)
I
nterest paid
(5,379)
(6,096)
I
nterest paid on lease liabilities (4,410) (4,276)
I
ncome tax paid – (2,102)
(913,205) (888,186)
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities 12,397 57,733
Cash flows from investing activities
Cash was provided from:
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
2,808
66
Dividend r
eceived from jointly controlled entity 392 134
3,200
200
C
ash was applied to:
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
(6,929)
(11,417)
P
urchase of intangibles
(10,499)
(11,428)
A
dvance to jointly controlled entity
(17)
(20)
(17,445) (22,865)
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from investing activities (14,245) (22,665)
Cash flows from financing activities
Cash was provided from:
Increase in external borrowings and working capital debt
9 25,182 –
25,182 –
Cash was applied to:
Dividends paid to shareholders
(1,899)
(7,763)
R
epayment of external borrowings and bank overdraft
–
(6,960)
R
epayment of principal portion of lease liabilities
(22,608)
(21,203)
(24,507)
(35,926)
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities 675 (35,926)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash held (1,172) (858)
Opening cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of period 3,785 4,643
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period 9 2,613 3,785
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
6362
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Key Financial Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Hira
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Reconciliation of Net Profit After Tax with Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities
For the year ended 30 June 2025
2025 2024
$000 $000
Net profit after tax 10,664 3,064
Add/(deduct) non-cash/non-operating items:
Depreciation and amortisation
31,066 28,748
Impairment and fair value losses/(gains) – –
Net bad debts written off / (recovered) 716 173
Increase/(decrease) in provision for impaired trade receivables, GO-STOCK receivables and contract assets (881) 218
L
oss/(gain) on sale of assets and investments, and lease terminations (1,219) 144
Foreign exchange loss/(gain) 237 (211)
Deferred tax expense/(benefit) (886) 2,205
Defined benefit expense/(gain) (24) (47)
P
ension contributions not expensed through profit or loss (308) (128)
E
quity accounted earnings (990) (129)
O
ther non-cash/non-operating items 21 60
Add/(deduct) movement in working capital items:
Change in inventories
(4,774)
12,341
Change in accounts receivable, GO-STOCK receivables and prepayments (52,236) 29,479
Change in trade cr
editors, provisions and accruals 25,749 (14,580)
Change in other cur
rent assets/liabilities
1,004
(1,561)
A
dd/(deduct) movement in taxation items:
Change in income tax payable/receivable 4,258 (2,043)
Net cash flow from operating activities 12,397 57,733
Cash Flows Accounting Policies
In the statement of cash flows, cash receipts and payments on behalf of customers, which reflect the activities of the customers rather than
those of the Group, are reported on a net basis.
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
As at 30 June 2025
2025 2024
N
OTE
$000 $000
ASSETS
Current
Cash and cash equivalents 9 2,613 3,785
Short-term derivative assets
10
227
584
T
rade and other receivables 11 159,769 136,259
GO-STOCK receivables
12
79,142
50,215
I
ncome tax receivable – 3,229
I
nventories
13
100,074
95,192
A
ssets classified as held for sale
16
–
1,402
O
ther current assets
4,329
3,936
T
otal current assets 346,154 294,602
N
on-current
Deferred tax asset
7
7,115
6,501
L
ong-term derivative assets
10
13
99
I
nvestments in equity accounted investees
1,256
484
GO
-STOCK receivables
12
2,300
2,336
O
ther investments
242
422
I
ntangible assets 14 38,706 30,023
Right-of-use assets
15A
81,332
91,570
P
roperty, plant and equipment 16 52,362 51,598
D
efined benefit asset
18
200
–
T
otal non-current assets
183,526
183,033
T
otal assets
529,680 477,635
LIABILITIES
Current
Working capital debt 9 – –
Short-term derivative liabilities
10
1,425
192
A
ccounts payable and accruals
17
175,205
149,540
Shor
t-term lease liabilities
15B
21,359
20,609
I
ncome tax payable 1,029 –
Total current liabilities
199,018
170,341
N
on-current
Long-term debt
9
88,182
63,000
L
ong-term derivative liabilities
10
151
–
L
ong-term lease liabilities 15B 65,789 76,057
L
ong-term provisions
17
2,730
2,787
D
efined benefit liability
18
–
717
T
otal non-current liabilities
156,852
142,561
T
otal liabilities
355,870 312,902
EQUITY
Share capital
28
372,318
372,318
R
eserves
28
16,785
16,371
R
etained earnings/(deficit)
28
(215,293)
(223,956)
T
otal equity
173,810 164,733
Total liabilities and equity 529,680 477,635
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
64
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Key Financial Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Hira
Including Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 30 June 2025
Tae atu ki Ngā Pitopito Kōrero ki Ngā Tauākī Pūtea Tōpū mō te tau i mutu i te 30 Hune 2025
Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
Additional Financial Disclosures
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 30 June 2025
REALISED
CAPITAL AND DEFINED RETAINED
SHARE RE
VALUATION
BENEFIT
PLAN
EARNINGS
/
T
OTAL
CAPITAL RESERVES RESERVE (DEFICIT) EQUITY
$000
$000
$000
$000
$000
Balance as at 1 July 2023 372,318 24,662 (8,504) (219,215) 169,261
Total comprehensive income for the period
Net profit after tax
–
–
–
3,064
3,064
O
ther comprehensive income
Defined benefit plan actuarial gain/(loss), net of tax
–
–
171
–
171
T
otal other comprehensive income
–
–
171
–
171
T
otal comprehensive income for the period
–
–
171
3,064
3,235
T
ransactions with shareholders recorded directly in equity
Contributions by and distributions to shareholders
Dividends to shareholders – – – (7,763) (7,763)
T
otal contributions by and distributions to shareholders
–
–
–
(7,763)
(7,763)
T
ransfer to retained earnings
–
–
42
(42)
–
B
alance as at 30 June 2024
372,318
24,662
(8,291)
(223,956)
164,733
Balance as at 1 July 2024
372,318
24,662
(8,291)
(223,956)
164,733
T
otal comprehensive income for the period
Net profit after tax
–
–
–
10,664
10,664
O
ther comprehensive income
Defined benefit plan actuarial gain/(loss), net of tax
–
–
312
–
312
T
otal other comprehensive income
–
–
312
–
312
T
otal comprehensive income for the period
–
–
312
10,664
10,976
T
ransactions with shareholders recorded directly in equity
Contributions by and distributions to shareholders
Dividends to shareholders
–
–
–
(1,899)
(1,899)
T
otal contributions by and distributions to shareholders
–
–
–
(1,899)
(1,899)
Transfer to retained earnings
–
–
102
(102)
–
B
alance as at 30 June 2025
372,318
24,662
(7,877)
(215,293)
173,810
T
he accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Simon Eddington, Livestock Representative – Genetics,
discusses the reasonable sale and good clearance under the
2024 challenging circumstances, with James Murray, owner of
Matariki Hereford stud, near Kaikoura, Marlborough.
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
65
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
6766
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
1 Operating Revenue
2025 2024
$000 $000
Revenue from contracts with customers
Sales revenue
845,349
810,346
Commission revenue 108,056 83,544
Construction contract revenue 12,368 12,107
Other operating revenue
Interest revenue on GO-STOCK receivables
7,181
7,294
Interest revenue on overdue debtor accounts 1,355 1,609
Sublease income 1,035 1,046
975,344 915,946
Income Recognition Accounting Policies
Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the revenue can be reliably
measured. The following specific recognition criteria must also be met before revenue is recognised.
Sales revenue
Sales revenue comprises the sale value of transactions where the Group acts as a principal; for example, retail store sales, and sales of wool
and velvet products. Revenue is measured at the transaction price when control is transferred to which an entity expects to be entitled in
exchange for transferring goods or services to a customer. For the sale of goods, the transfer of control occurs when the risks and rewards,
physical possession and the legal title of the goods have been transferred and accepted by the customer and the customer has a present
obligation to make payment in respect of the goods.
Customers may be entitled to discounts or rebates for certain items and/or volumes purchased, under varying categories. These discounts
or rebates are defined as variable consideration and are included in the transaction price as a component of operating revenue upon the
completion of the Group's performance obligations. These discounts or rebates are contractual in nature and known as at balance date,
therefore, no assumptions or estimates are required.
The Group offers a range of payment terms, and in some cases these can be up to 12 months. The Group does not recognise a financing
element for sales with terms of 12 months or less.
The Group offers warranties as required by New Zealand law and/or per the terms and conditions of the contracts with customers. The
Group recognises the obligations under these warranties as a provision.
Commission revenue
Commission revenue comprises commission for transactions where the Group acts as an agent. For agency commissions, the Group
does not take inventory risk or title for inventories, or for the Group's Livestock and Real Estate businesses, biological assets and properties
respectively. The Group generates commissions from acting as an agent for organising the sale of livestock or real estate.
Revenue is recognised at a point in time upon completion of the service.
Construction contract revenue
Construction services are provided to customers in the Water business to construct pivots and irrigation systems. Most contracts contain a
single performance obligation. The size and duration of the contracts can vary significantly, and customers are invoiced as work progresses.
Most contracts are completed within 12 months; therefore, the unearned revenue on these contracts are not disclosed.
The Group accounts for revenue over time, which best depicts the pattern of transfer of the construction services to the customer. The
Group uses an input method to recognise revenue based on a percentage of cost completed. This method involves judgements relating to
a contract's expected margin and its stage of completion.
Interest and similar income and expense
The Group recognises the fixed fees charged to customers under its GO-STOCK programme as interest revenue. Refer to Note 12 GO-STOCK
Receivables for further explanation regarding this programme. This interest revenue is recognised over the term of the GO-STOCK contracts
which can be for a term of up to 540 days.
The Group also recognises interest revenue on overdue receivables using the effective interest method. Refer to the accounting policies
under Note 6 Net Interest Expense and Foreign Exchange Items for further explanation on the effective interest method.
Sublease income
The Group recognises lease payments received under subleases as income on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Refer to Note 15
Right-of-Use Assets and Lease Liabilities for further explanation.
2 Cost of Sales
2025 2024
NOTE $000 $000
Depreciation and amortisation 75 89
Employee benefits (including commissions)
29,315
21,140
Inventories and consumables 13 670,417 634,062
Freight 13,331 12,985
Other 7,209 11,969
720,347 680,245
3 Other Operating Expenses
2025 2024
$000 $000
Audit of financial statements of the Company by Ernst & Young 430 420
Other assurance services provided by Ernst & Young:
Limited assurance on emissions reporting
15 53
Other services provided by Ernst & Young:
Gap analysis on climate reporting disclosures
– 30
R
esearch and development tax incentive advisory
16
21
Dir
ectors' fees 660 689
Donations 10 6
I
ncrease/(decrease) in provision for impaired trade receivables, GO-STOCK receivables and contract assets (881) 218
Net bad debts wr
itten off / (recovered)
716
173
IT and t
elecommunication costs 16,443 14,870
Marketing costs 4,515 4,800
M
otor vehicle costs 7,397 8,071
T
ravel costs
3,461
3,363
R
ental and operating lease costs 384 326
Occupancy costs (excluding rental and operating lease) 6,240 6,150
O
ther staff costs 6,198 7,137
O
ther expenses
7,577
6,589
53,181 52,916
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
6968
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
4 Non-Operating Gains/(Losses)
2025 2024
$000 $000
Gain/(loss) on sale of property, plant and equipment 1,217 (37)
Other non-operating gains/(losses)
(98)
(30)
1,119 (67)
5 Impairment and Fair Value Gains/(Losses)
2025 2024
$000 $000
Net impairment reversal/(impairment) – Property, plant and equipment – –
Fair value gains/(losses)
–
–
– –
Impairment Accounting Policies
The carrying value of the Group's assets are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any objective evidence of
impairment. An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment losses directly
reduce the carrying value of assets and are recognised in profit or loss unless the asset is carried at a revalued amount in accordance with
another standard.
Non-financial assets
The carrying amounts of the Group's non-financial assets (other than inventories and deferred tax assets) are reviewed at each reporting
date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the recoverable amount of the asset or
the cash-generating unit (CGU) to which the asset relates is estimated. A CGU is the smallest identifiable asset group that generates cash
flows that are largely independent from other assets and groups.
The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. Value in use is based on the
estimated future cash flows, discounted to their present value using a discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time
value of money and the risks specific to the asset or CGU.
An impairment loss is recognised if the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment losses are
recognised in profit or loss.
An assessment is made at each reporting date to determine whether there is an indication that previously recognised impairment losses no
longer exist or have reduced. If such indication exists, the Group estimates the asset’s or CGU’s recoverable amount. A previously recognised
impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the assumptions used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the
last impairment loss was recognised.
An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset's carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have
been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment loss had been recognised.
6 Net Interest Expense and Foreign Exchange Items
2025 2024
$000 $000
Interest income 385 698
Interest funding expense:
Bank interest on loans and overdrafts (5,379) (6,096)
Bank facility fees (1,782) (1,086)
(7,161) (7,182)
Net interest income/(expense) excluding interest on lease liabilities
(6,776)
(6,484)
I
nterest on lease liabilities
(4,410)
(4,276)
Net interest expense (11,186) (10,760)
Foreign exchange gain/(loss)
Net gain/(loss) on foreign denominated items 821 (390)
821 (390)
Fair value gain/(loss) on foreign exchange derivatives
Fair value gain/(loss) on foreign exchange derivatives
(1,827) 1,124
(1,827) 1,124
Net Interest Expense and Foreign Exchange Items Accounting Policies
Interest and similar income and expense
For all financial instruments measured at amortised cost, interest income or expense is recorded at the effective interest rate, which is the
rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument or a shorter
period, where appropriate, to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or financial liability. The calculation takes into account all
contractual terms of the financial instrument (for example, prepayment options) and includes any fees or incremental costs that are directly
attributable to the instrument and are an integral part of the effective interest rate, but not future credit losses. Once the recorded value of a
financial asset or a group of similar financial assets has been reduced due to an impairment loss, interest income continues to be recognised
using the original effective interest rate applied to the new carrying amount.
Fair value change on foreign exchange derivatives
The Group undertakes transactions denominated in foreign currencies and exposure to movements in foreign currency arises from these
activities. The Group uses forward foreign exchange contracts to manage these exposures. These derivatives are recorded at their fair
value with mark-to-market fair value movements flowing through fair value gain/(loss) on foreign exchange derivatives in the consolidated
statement of profit or loss. Although the derivatives have not been designated in a hedge relationship, they act as an economic hedge and
will offset the underlying transactions when they occur.
Refer to
Accounting
Policies
– page 72.
Refer to
Accounting
Policies
– page 72.
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
7170
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
7 Income Taxes
A. Income tax recognised in profit or loss
2025 2024
$000 $000
Current tax benefit/(expense)
Current year (4,333) (92)
A
djustments for prior years
119
33
(4,214)
(59)
Def
erred tax benefit/(expense)
Origination and reversal of temporary differences 1,022 (2,316)
A
djustments for prior years
(136)
110
886 (2,206)
Income tax benefit/(expense) (3,328) (2,265)
Reconciliation
Profit before income tax
13,992
5,329
Income tax using the Company's tax rate (28%) (3,917) (1,492)
Non-deductible expenditure
(397)
(259)
Non-assessable income 779 111
Tax credits
213
215
Over/(under) provided in prior years (17) 143
D
eferred tax impact of legislation change – tax depreciation on buildings – (915)
Other 11 (68)
Income tax benefit/(expense) (3,328) (2,265)
B. Income tax recognised directly in equity
2025 2024
$000 $000
Deferred tax on movement of actuarial gains/losses on employee benefit plans (273) (13)
Income tax benefit/(expense) recognised directly in equity (273) (13)
7 Income Taxes (continued)
C. Recognised deferred tax assets and liabilities
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:
ASSETS ASSETS LIABILITIES LIABILITIES NET NET
2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024
$000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000
Property, plant and equipment – – (604) (404) (604) (404)
Intangible assets – – (2,033) (1,439) (2,033) (1,439)
R
ight-of-use assets – – (22,773) (25,354) (22,773) (25,354)
Lease liabilities 24,493 26,775 – – 24,493 26,775
Employee benefits 5,446 3,885 – – 5,446 3,885
Provisions 2,586 3,038 – – 2,586 3,038
Deferred tax asset/(liability) 32,525 33,698 (25,410) (27,197) 7,115 6,501
RECOGNISED IN RECOGNISED IN
REC
OGNISED
O
THER
REC
OGNISED
O
THER
BALANCE IN
PROFIT
C
OMPREHENSIVE
BALANCE IN
PROFIT
C
OMPREHENSIVE
BALANCE
1 JUL 2023 OR LOSS INCOME 30 JUN 2024 OR LOSS INCOME 30 JUN 2025
$000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000
Property, plant
and equipment 512 (916) – (404) (200) – (604)
Intangible assets (1,600) 161 – (1,439) (594) – (2,033)
R
ight-of-use assets (23,539) (1,815) – (25,354) 2,581 – (22,773)
Lease liabilities 24,739 2,036 – 26,775 (2,282) – 24,493
Emplo
yee benefits 5,548 (1,650) (13) 3,885 1,834 (273) 5,446
Provisions 3,061 (22) – 3,038 (453) – 2,586
8,721 (2,206) (13) 6,501 886 (273) 7,115
D
.
Unr
ecognised tax losses and temporary differences
At 30 June 2025, the Group has no unrecognised deferred tax assets relating to tax losses and temporary differences (2024: Nil).
E.
I
mputation credits
The Group has $6.47 million imputation credits as at 30 June 2025 (2024: $5.87 million).
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
7372
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
7 Income Taxes (continued)
Income Tax Accounting Policies
Income tax expense comprises current and deferred taxation and is recognised in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to items
recognised directly in other comprehensive income or equity, in which case it is recognised directly in other comprehensive income or
equity.
Current tax
Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, calculated using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at
the reporting date. Current tax includes any adjustment to tax payable with respect to previous periods. Current tax assets and liabilities are
offset only if certain criteria are met.
Deferred tax
Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to the
temporary differences when they reverse, based on the laws that have been enacted or substantially enacted at the reporting date.
Deferred tax is not recognised for:
–
taxable t
emporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill;
–
t
emporary differences relating to subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities to the extent that the Group is able to control the
timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable they will not reverse in the foreseeable future;
–
t
emporary differences on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects
neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss.
A deferred tax asset is recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which temporary
differences can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer
probable that the related tax benefit will be recognised.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only if certain criteria are met.
8 Earnings Per Share and Net Tangible Assets
A. Earnings per share (EPS)
The calculation of EPS is based on the following profit figures and number of authorised shares.
WEIGHTED AVERAGE
ISSUED ORDINAR
Y SHARES
NUMBER OF ORDINAR
Y SHARES
2025 2024 2025 2024
000 000 000 000
Issued ordinary shares at 1 July 75,484 75,484 75,484 75,484
Balance at 30 June 75,484 75,484 75,484 75,484
There are no dilutive shares or options (2024: Nil).
2025 2024
$000 $000
Net profit after tax 10,664 3,064
2025 2024
$ $
Basic and diluted EPS 0.141 0.041
B.
N
et tangible assets (NTA)
The calculation of NTA per share, which is a required NZX disclosure, is based on the following NTA figure and the Company's issued ordinary
shares at the end of the period.
2025 2024
$000 $000
Total assets 529,680 477,635
Total liabilities
(355,870)
(312,902)
less Intangible assets (38,706) (30,023)
less Deferred tax asset
(7,115)
(6,501)
Net tangible assets 127,989 128,209
2025 2024
$ $
NTA per issued ordinary shares at the end of period 1.696 1.698
Earnings Per Share Accounting Policies
The Group presents basic and diluted EPS data for its ordinary shares. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to
shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting the profit or
loss and the number of shares outstanding to include the effects of all potential dilutive shares.
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
7574
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
9 Cash and Financing Facilities
2025 2024
NOTE $000 $000
Cash and cash equivalents 2,613 3,785
Current financing facilities
9
A
–
–
Term financing facilities 9 A (88,182) (63,000)
Net interest-bearing (debt)/cash and cash equivalents (85,569) (59,215)
GO-STOCK receivables 12 81,442 52,551
Net interest-bearing (debt)/cash and cash equivalents after adjusting for GO-STOCK receivables (4,127) (6,664)
A. Financing facilities
T
he Company has a syndicated facility agreement which was amended and restated on 30 June 2025. The amended and restated facility provides
the following:
–
C
ore debt facilities of up to $100.00 million maturing on 30 June 2027 (2024: $100.00 million maturing on 27 February 2026). This facility had
$75.00 million drawn at 30 June 2025 (2024: $50.00 million drawn).
–
W
orking capital facilities of up to $85.00 million maturing on 30 June 2027 (2024: $85.00 million maturing on 27 February 2026). This facility
had $13.00 million drawn at 30 June 2025 (2024: $13.00 million drawn).
The syndicated facilities fund the general commercial activities of the Group, the seasonal fluctuations in working capital and the GO-STOCK
receivables. Interest on these syndicated facilities is determined based on floating rates (i.e. OCR or BKBM plus a margin).
The Company has granted a general security deed and mortgage over all its wholly-owned New Zealand assets to a security trust. Bank of New
Zealand acts as facility agent and security trustee for the banking syndicate, which comprises Bank of New Zealand, Coöperatieve Rabobank
U.A. (New Zealand branch) and Westpac New Zealand Limited. The agreement contains various financial covenants and restrictions, including
maximum permissible ratios for debt leverage and operating leverage, together with limits for GO-STOCK receivables, capital expenditure and
asset disposals. Covenants are reported to the facility agent on a quarterly basis.
The syndicated facility agreement allows the Group, subject to certain conditions, to enter into additional facilities outside of the Company's
syndicated facility. The additional facilities are guaranteed by the security trust. These facilities amounted to $4.77 million as at 30 June 2025 (2024:
$4.77 million) and included the following:
–
O
verdraft facilities of $3.00 million. This facility was undrawn at 30 June 2025 (2024: undrawn).
–
Guarant
ees and letters of credit of $1.77 million.
10 Derivative Financial Instruments
The Group uses forward foreign exchange contracts to manage its exposure to foreign currency fluctuations. In accordance with the Group's
treasury policy, the Group does not hold any of these derivative instruments for trading purposes.
2025 2024
$000 $000
Derivative assets held for risk management
Current
227
584
Non-current 13 99
240 683
Derivative liabilities held for risk management
Current
(1,425)
(192)
Non-current (151) –
(1,576) (192)
N
et derivative asset/(liability) held for risk management
(1,336) 491
Derivative Financial Instruments Accounting Policies
Derivative financial instruments are recognised initially at fair value and transaction costs are expensed immediately. Subsequent to initial
recognition, derivative financial instruments are stated at fair value, and changes therein are generally recognised in profit or loss. The fair
value of forward exchange contracts is based on broker quotes.
Where the Group enters into derivative transactions, these agreements do not meet the criteria for offsetting in the consolidated statement
of financial position. The fair value amounts recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position are recorded on a gross basis.
The Group does not currently apply hedge accounting.
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
7776
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
11 Trade and Other Receivables
2025 2024
NOTE $000 $000
Accounts receivable due from unrelated parties 130,454 111,848
Accounts receivable due from related parties
24
–
1
Gross accounts receivable 130,454 111,849
less Provision for impaired debtors (1,496) (2,308)
Net accounts receivable 128,958 109,541
Contract assets
2,650
3,117
less Provision for impaired contract assets – –
Other receivables 23,702 20,036
Prepayments 4,459 3,565
Trade and other receivables 159,769 136,259
Analysis of movements in provisions for impaired debtors and contract assets
Balance at the beginning of year
(2,308)
(2,030)
Movement in provision 812 (278)
Balance at the end of the year
(1,496) (2,308)
The ageing status of the accounts receivable at the reporting date is as follows:
TOTA L TOTA L
ACCOUNTS ACCOUNTS
RECEIVABLE PROVISION RECEIVABLE PROVISION
2025 2025 2024 2024
$000 $000 $000 $000
Not past due 121,689 (505) 98,624 (561)
Past due 1 – 30 days 3,710 (71) 6,908 (12)
P
ast due 31 – 60 days 3,966 (424) 3,515 (12)
Past due 61 – 90 days 491 (33) 544 (60)
P
ast due 90 plus days 598 (463) 2,258 (1,663)
130,454 (1,496) 111,849 (2,308)
12 GO-STOCK Receivables
The Group holds receivables in respect of its GO-STOCK range of livestock products. The GO-STOCK range allows farmers to defer payment for the
purchase of livestock. The counterparty farmer to the GO-STOCK product is fully exposed to the risks and rewards of ownership of the livestock.
To mitigate credit risk, the Group retains legal title to the livestock until its sale. Fee income received in respect of the GO-STOCK receivables
is recognised by the Group as interest income over the respective contract period and is included within operating revenue (refer to Note 1
Operating Revenue). Accrued interest income in respect of the GO-STOCK receivables is included within Other Receivables (refer to Note 11 Trade
and Other Receivables) and amounts to $2.82 million as at 30 June 2025 (2024: $2.35 million).
2025 2024
$000 $000
GO-STOCK receivables – Current 79,389 50,531
GO-STOCK receivables – Non-current 2,300 2,336
81,689
52,867
less
Provision for impairment – GO-STOCK receivables
(247)
(316)
81,442 52,551
Analysis of movements in provisions for impaired GO-STOCK receivables
Balance at the beginning of the year
(316)
(376)
Movement in provision 69 60
Balance at the end of the year
(247) (316)
The ageing status of the GO-STOCK receivables at the reporting date is as follows:
GO-STOCK GO-STOCK
RECEIVABLES PROVISION RECEIVABLES PROVISION
2025 2025 2024 2024
$000 $000 $000 $000
Not past due 81,689 (247) 52,709 (158)
Past due 1 – 30 days
–
–
4
(4)
Past due 31 – 60 days – – 2 (2)
Past due 61 – 90 days
–
–
2
(2)
Past due 90 plus days – – 150 (150)
81,689 (247) 52,867 (316)
Trade and Other Receivables and GO-STOCK Receivables Accounting Policies
Recognition and measurement
A receivable without a significant financing component is initially measured at the transaction price and classified as financial assets
measured at amortised cost. Accounts receivable includes accrued interest.
Impairment
Specific provisions are maintained to cover identified impaired receivables. Judgement is required in determining the impairment provision.
The Group recognises loss allowances for the expected credit loss (ECL) on Trade and GO-STOCK receivables. The Group measures loss
allowances for Trade and GO-STOCK receivables at an amount equal to lifetime ECL.
When estimating ECLs, the Group considers reasonable and supportable information that is relevant and available without undue cost and
effort. This includes both qualitative and quantitative information and analysis, based on the Group's historical experience and informed
credit assessment, that includes forward-looking information. The Group assumes that the credit risk has increased significantly if the
receivable is more than 60 days past due. The Group considers a financial asset to be in default when the debtor is unlikely to pay its credit
obligations to the Group in full, without recourse by the Group to actions such as realising security (if any is held).
On a monthly basis, the Group via its Credit Committee, assesses whether Trade and GO-STOCK receivables are credit-impaired. All
individual instruments that are considered significant are subject to this approach. A financial asset is credit-impaired when one or more
events that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset have occurred. Evidence that a financial
asset is credit-impaired includes observable data such as significant financial difficulty of the debtor.
Loss allowances for financial assets measured at amortised cost are deducted from the gross carrying amount of the assets. The gross
carrying amount of a financial asset is written off when the Group has no reasonable expectations of recovering a financial asset in its
entirety or a portion thereof.
Refer to
Accounting
Policies
– page 80.
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
7978
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
13 Inventory
2025 2024
$000 $000
Merchandise 87,167 83,587
Wool and velvet inventory
14,577
13,292
less Provision for inventory write-down (1,670) (1,687)
100,074 95,192
During the year, inventories of $670.42 million (2024: $634.06 million) are included in cost of sales in the profit or loss (refer to Note 2 Cost of Sales).
Included within this amount is a write-down of inventories of $1.30 million (2024: $1.12 million) to net realisable value and reversals of previously
recognised write-downs of $0.49 million (2024: $0.30 million).
Inventories Accounting Policies
Raw materials and finished goods are stated at the lower of cost or net realisable value. Cost is determined on a weighted average cost
basis. In the case of manufactured goods, cost includes direct materials, labour and production overheads. Judgement is required in
determining the net realisable value for inventories.
14 Intangible Assets
RIGHTS & CAPITAL WORK
SOFTWARE TRADEMARKS IN PROGRESS TOTAL
$000 $000 $000 $000
Cost
Balance as at 1 July 2023
30,200
2,497
11,995
44,692
Additions 27 – 11,700 11,727
Transfers 567 – (567) –
Disposals – – – –
Balance as at 30 June 2024 30,794 2,497 23,128 56,419
Balance as at 1 July 2024 30,794 2,497 23,128 56,419
Additions 15 15 10,550 10,580
T
ransfers
32,578
–
(32,578)
–
Disposals
(107)
–
(82)
(189)
Balance as at 30 June 2025 63,280 2,512 1,018 66,810
Amortisation
Balance as at 1 July 2023 22,689 1,789 – 24,478
Amor
tisation 1,642 276 – 1,918
Transfers – – – –
Balance as at 30 June 2024 24,331 2,065 – 26,396
Balance as at 1 July 2024 24,331 2,065 – 26,396
Amortisation 1,804 11 – 1,815
Disposals
(107) – – (107)
Balance as at 30 June 2025 26,028 2,076 – 28,104
Carrying amounts
30 June 2024
6,463
432
23,128
30,023
30 June 2025 37,252 436 1,018 38,706
A. Capital work in progress
Capital work in progress includes the transfer of the Group’s significant IT Business Improvement Programme to Software with this Programme
complete and available for use from April 2025. Operating expenditure components of the Programme have been recognised as an operating
expense.
Refer to
Accounting
Policies
– page 83.
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
8180
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
14 Intangible Assets (continued)
Intangible Assets Accounting Policies
Software
Software is a finite life intangible and is recorded at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. Amortisation is charged on a
straight-line basis over an estimated useful life between 1 and 15 years. The estimated useful life and amortisation method is reviewed at
the end of each annual reporting period and adjusted if appropriate.
Rights
Manufacturing and production rights are finite life intangibles and are recorded at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment.
Amortisation is charged on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life between 2 and 10 years. The estimated useful life and
amortisation method is reviewed at the end of each annual reporting period and adjusted if appropriate.
Capital Work in Progress
Capital work in progress includes the cost of materials, services, labour and direct production overheads and is stated net of impairments.
Impairment
The carrying amounts of the Group's intangible assets are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of
impairment. If any such indication exists, then the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated. For intangible assets that have indefinite
lives, the recoverable amount is estimated at each reporting date. An impairment loss is recognised in the profit or loss if the carrying
amount of an asset exceeds the recoverable amount. Refer to the accounting policy under Note 5 Impairment and Fair Value Gains/(Losses)
for further explanation.
15 Right-of-Use Assets and Lease Liabilities
Group as a lessee
The Group leases many assets, including:
–
leases of land and buildings fr
om which it conducts operations. These leases range in length from one to ten years with various rights of
renewal. Where surplus properties are unable to be exited, the Group subleases these properties where possible and derives sublease revenue
on a short-term temporary basis.
–
leases of mot
or vehicles and forklifts for use by employees, agents and representatives. These leases range for a period of between three and
seven years.
The Group elects not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term or low-value property leases. The Group continues to
expense lease payments associated with these leases on a straight-line basis.
A.
R
ight-of-use assets
PROPERTY VEHICLES TOTAL
$000
$000 $000
Balance as at 1 July 2023 70,712 13,356 84,068
Additions
4,561
8,850
13,411
Depreciation charge (15,147) (6,869) (22,016)
Reassessments, modifications and terminations
15,567
540
16,107
Balance as at 30 June 2024 75,693 15,877 91,570
Balance as at 1 July 2024
75,693
15,877
91,570
A
dditions
160
5,307
5,467
D
epreciation charge
(15,951)
(7,398)
(23,349)
R
eassessments, modifications and terminations
6,004
1,641
7,645
B
alance as at 30 June 2025
65,905
15,427
81,332
B
.
L
ease liabilities
PROPERTY VEHICLES TOTAL
$000 $000 $000
Balance as at 1 July 2023 74,598 13,757 88,355
Additions
4,431
8,850
13,281
Reassessments, modifications and terminations 15,700 533 16,233
Interest on lease liabilities
3,273
1,003
4,276
Lease payments (17,805) (7,674) (25,479)
Balance as at 30 June 2024 80,197 16,469 96,666
Balance as at 1 July 2024
80,197
16,469
96,666
A
dditions
140
5,307
5,447
R
eassessments, modifications and terminations
6,007
1,636
7,643
I
nterest on lease liabilities
3,294
1,116
4,410
L
ease payments
(18,668)
(8,350)
(27,018)
B
alance as at 30 June 2025
70,970
16,178
87,148
Refer to
Accounting
Policies
– page 83.
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
8382
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
15 Right-of-Use Assets and Lease Liabilities (continued)
B. Lease liabilities (continued)
A maturity analysis of lease liabilities is included in Note 19 Financial Instruments – Fair Values and Risk Management.
Where practicable, the Group seeks to include extension options in new leases to provide operational flexibility. Some of the Group's property
leases contain extension options exercisable by the Group up to one year before the end of the non-cancellable contract period. The extension
options are exercisable only by the Group and not by the lessors. The Group assesses at the lease commencement date whether it is reasonably
certain to exercise the extension options. A reassessment is made subsequently if there is any significant event or significant changes in
circumstances within the Group's control. The Group estimates that the potential future lease payments, should it exercise all the extension
options, would result in an increase in lease liabilities of $109.47 million (2024: $103.86 million).
C.
Other disclosures
2025 2024
NOTE $000 $000
Amounts in the consolidated statement of profit or loss
Depreciation on right-of-use assets
(23,349)
(22,016)
Interest on lease liabilities
6
(4,410)
(4,276)
Shor
t-term or low-value lease expenses
(605)
(655)
Variable lease payments not included in the measurement of lease liabilities
(97)
(232)
Income from subleasing right-of-use assets 1,035 1,046
Amounts in the consolidated statement of cash flows
Total cash outflow for leases
(27,018)
(25,479)
15 Right-of-Use Assets and Lease Liabilities (continued)
Lease Accounting Policies
The Group assesses at the inception of a contract as to whether the contract is, or contains, a lease as defined in NZ IFRS 16 Leases.
(i) As a lessee
The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The Group elects not to recognise right-
of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term or low-value leases. The Group continues to expense lease payments associated with these
leases on a straight-line basis.
A number of judgements and estimates are made in calculating the right-of-use asset and lease liability amounts. The judgements and
estimates include the applicable lease terms (including any rights of renewal expected to be exercised) and the Group's incremental
borrowing rate.
Right-of-use assets
Right-of-use assets are initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of lease liability adjusted for any prepaid lease
payments, plus any initial direct costs incurred and any estimated restoration costs, and less any lease incentives received. These assets are
depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date to the earlier of the end of the lease term or the asset's useful
life. Right-of-use assets are periodically reduced by impairment losses (if any) and adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liabilities.
Lease liabilities
Lease liabilities are initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date. Lease
payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise fixed payments, variable lease payments that are based on an index
or a rate, amounts expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee, and any exercise price the Group is reasonably certain to
exercise. The lease payments are discounted using the Group's incremental borrowing rate, being the rate that the Group would have to
pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value in a similar environment under similar terms and conditions.
After the commencement date, lease liabilities are increased to reflect interest on the lease liabilities and reduced to reflect the lease
payments made. Interest on lease liabilities is charged to the profit or loss and is the amount that produces a constant periodic rate of
interest on the remaining balance of the lease liabilities.
Lease liabilities are remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate, a change in the
Group's estimate of any amount payable under a residual value guarantee, or if the Group changes its assessment of whether it will exercise
a purchase, extension or termination option. When the lease liabilities are remeasured, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying
amount of the right-of-use assets, or recorded in profit or loss if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero.
(ii) As a lessor
When the Group is an intermediate lessor, it accounts for its interests in the head lease and the sublease separately. It assesses the lease
classification of a sublease with reference to the right-of-use asset arising from the head lease.
The Group recognises lease payments received under operating leases as income within the profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the
lease term.
Refer to
Accounting
Policies
– page 85.
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
8584
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
16 Property, Plant and Equipment
PLANT AND CAPITAL WORK
LAND BUILDINGS EQUIPMENT IN PROGRESS TOTAL
$000
$000 $000 $000 $000
Cost
Balance as at 1 July 2023
12,649
15,456
64,582
3,491
96,178
Additions 5,499 704 4,184 1,030 11,417
Reclassification to assets held for sale (433) (1,344) (50) – (1,827)
Transfers – 305 702 (1,007) –
Disposals
–
–
(1,232)
–
(1,232)
Balance as at 30 June 2024 17,715 15,121 68,186 3,514 104,536
Balance as at 1 July 2024 17,715 15,121 68,186 3,514 104,536
Additions – 759 1,626 4,555 6,940
Reclassification to assets held for sale – – – – –
Transfers – 782 3,345 (4,127) –
Disposals
– – (1,086) (3) (1,089)
Balance as at 30 June 2025 17,715 16,662 72,071 3,939 110,387
Depreciation
Balance as at 1 July 2023 – 5,165 44,272 – 49,437
D
epreciation for the year – 479 4,478 – 4,957
Depreciation recovered to cost of goods sold – – 89 – 89
R
eclassification to assets held for sale – (375) (50) – (425)
T
ransfers
–
–
–
–
–
Disposals
– – (1,120) – (1,120)
Balance as at 30 June 2024 – 5,269 47,669 – 52,938
Balance as at 1 July 2024 – 5,269 47,669 – 52,938
Depreciation for the year
–
851
5,050
–
5,901
Depreciation recovered to cost of goods sold – – 75 – 75
Reclassification to assets held for sale
–
–
–
–
–
Transfers – 245 (245) – –
Disposals
–
–
(889)
–
(889)
Balance as at 30 June 2025 – 6,365 51,660 – 58,025
Carrying amounts
30 June 2024 17,715 9,852 20,517 3,514 51,598
30 June 2025 17,715 10,297 20,411 3,939 52,362
16 Property, Plant and Equipment (continued)
Property, Plant and Equipment Accounting Policies
Recognition and measurement
Capital work in progress is stated at cost, net of accumulated impairment losses. Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost
less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. The
cost of self-constructed assets includes the cost of materials and direct labour, any other costs directly attributable to bringing the asset
to a working condition for its intended use, and the cost of dismantling and removing the items and restoring the site on which they are
located. Purchased software that is integral to the functionality of the related equipment is capitalised as part of that equipment. When
parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items (major components)
of property, plant and equipment.
Any gain or loss on disposal of an item of property, plant and equipment is recognised in the profit or loss during the reporting period that
the item is disposed.
Subsequent expenditure
Subsequent expenditure is capitalised only if it is probable that the future economic benefits associated with the expenditure will flow to
the Group and the cost can be measured reliably. The costs of day-to-day servicing of property, plant and equipment is recognised in profit
or loss as incurred.
Depreciation
Depreciation is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of each item of property, buildings, plant
and equipment. Leasehold assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives. Land is not depreciated. The
estimated useful lives for the current and comparative periods are between 2 and 40 years for plant and equipment and between 5 and 50
years for buildings. Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reassessed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.
Assets held for sale
Non-current assets are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered through a sale transaction rather than through
continuing use. The sale must be highly probable and the asset available for immediate sale in its present condition. Non-current assets
held for sale are measured at the lower of the asset’s carrying amount and its fair value less costs to sell.
Impairment
The carrying amounts of the Group's property, plant and equipment assets are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there
is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated. An impairment loss is
recognised in the profit or loss if the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the recoverable amount. Refer to the accounting policy under
Note 5 Impairment and Fair Value Gains/(Losses) for further explanation.
17 Trade and Other Payables
2025 2024
N
OTE
$000 $000
Trade creditors 125,549 104,977
Goods received but not invoiced 6,898 6,179
Contract liabilities 1,662 1,211
Employee entitlements 24,723 17,941
Accruals and other liabilities 14,860 17,759
Loyalty reward programme 21A 1,625 1,272
O
ther provisions (including product warranty, client claim and make good provisions)
17A, 17B
2,618
2,988
177,935 152,327
Payable within 12 months 175,205 149,540
Payable beyond 12 months 2,730 2,787
177,935 152,327
Refer to
Accounting
Policies
– page 88.
Refer to
Accounting
Policies
– page 88.
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
8786
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
17 Trade and Other Payables (continued)
A. Make good provision on leased properties
During the year ended 30 June 2025, the Group recognised an additional provision of $0.02 million (2024: $0.13 million) in respect of new property
leases entered into during the year. These costs have been capitalised to the right-of-use assets and are amortised over the life of the right-of-use
assets. The Group also released $0.08 million (2024: $0.12 million) of provision in respect to leased properties which it exited. At the reporting date,
the balance of the make good provision is $2.62 million (2024: $2.68 million). The Group expects to settle this liability over the next 10 years as the
leases expire.
B.
Client claims provision
The Group receives client claims from time to time as part of the ordinary course of business and these claims are reviewed on a case by case basis
to determine validity. As at balance date, the Group was in the process of reviewing certain claims for the supply of goods which are typically the
responsibility of suppliers under terms of trade. The Group recognises a provision for its best estimate of any obligation.
18 Defined Benefit Asset/(Liability)
The Group makes contributions to the PGG Wrightson Employee Benefits Plan (the "Plan"). The Plan is governed under one trust deed and the
assets of the plan are unallocated to any of the Plan members. The Plan provides a range of superannuation and insurance benefits for employees
and former employees. The Plan is registered under the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013. The Plan is not open to new members. Certain
retired employees of the Plan are entitled to receive an annual pension payment payable for their remaining life, and in some cases, for the
remaining life of a surviving partner.
The Group accounts for its interest in the Plan as a defined benefit plan with defined benefit obligations in accordance with NZ IAS 19 Employee
Benefits because the Group has a legal obligation to pay further contributions, if the Plan does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employee
benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods. The Group has an obligation to ensure the Plan has sufficient assets to pay
the benefits of all members of the Plan.
The actuarial calculations for the Plan are undertaken by Michael Chamberlain, a fellow of the New Zealand Society of Actuaries, for MCA NZ
Limited.
2025 2024 2023 2022 2021
$000 $000 $000 $000 $000
Present value of funded obligations
– Defined Benefit component (20,147) (21,648) (22,723) (26,272) (30,199)
– O
ther Contribution component (24,904) (24,995) (23,886) (22,893) (25,973)
Total Present value of funded obligations (45,051) (46,643) (46,609) (49,165) (56,172)
F
air value of plan assets
– Defined Benefit component
20,347
20,931
21,647
24,146
30,510
– O
ther Contribution component
24,904
24,995
23,886
22,893
25,973
T
otal Fair value of plan assets
45,251
45,926
45,533
47,039
56,483
Total defined benefit asset/(liability) 200 (717) (1,076) (2,126) 311
18 Defined Benefit Asset/(Liability) (continued)
A. Movement in net defined benefit asset/(liability)
NET DEFINED BENEFIT
DEFINED BENEFIT OBLIGATION FAIR VALUE OF PLAN ASSETS ASSET/(LIABILITY)
2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024
$000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000
Balance as at 1 July (46,643) (46,609) 45,926 45,533 (717) (1,076)
Included in profit or loss:
Current service costs
(411) (450) – – (411) (450)
Interest costs (2,079) (2,123) 2,052 2,076 (27) (47)
Included in other comprehensive income:
Gains/(losses) from change in demographic assumptions – – – – – –
G
ains/(losses) from change in financial assumptions (168) (50) – – (168) (50)
Exper
ience gains/(losses) (963) (1,306) – – (963) (1,306)
Expec
ted return on plan assets – – 1,818 1,582 1,818 1,582
O
ther:
Employer contributions – – 668 630 668 630
Member contributions (470) (726) 470 726 – –
B
enefits paid by the Plan 5,683 4,621 (5,683) (4,621) – –
B
alance as at 30 June
(45,051)
(46,643)
45,251
45,926
200
(717)
The Group expects to pay $0.36 million in contributions to the Plan during the 2026 reporting period (2025: expected $0.57 million and paid $0.67
million). Member contributions are expected to be $0.51 million in 2026 (2025: expected $0.45 million and paid $0.47 million).
As at 30 June 2025, the weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation (DBO) is 10.49 years for the Plan (2024: 10.97 years).
B.
Plan assets
2025 2024
% %
Consist of:
Equities
51
46
Fixed interest 24 24
Cash
25
30
100 100
Plan assets do not include any exposure to the Company's ordinary shares (2024: Nil).
C. Actuarial assumptions at the reporting date
2025 2024
% %
Discount rate used – Implied 10.49 year New Zealand Government Bond rate
(2024: Implied 10.97 year New Zealand Government Bond rate) 4.59 4.70
Inflation 2.00 2.00
Future salary increases 2.50 2.50
F
uture pension increases
1.65
1.65
Refer to
Accounting
Policies
– page 94.
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
8988
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
18 Defined Benefit Asset/(Liability) (continued)
C. Actuarial assumptions at the reporting date (continued)
Assumptions regarding future mortality rates based on published statistics and experience:
2025 2025 2024 2024
MALE FEMALE MALE FEMALE
YEARS YEARS YEARS YEARS
Longevity at age 65 for current pensioners 21 24 21 24
Longevity at age 65 for current members aged 45 23 25 23 25
D
. Sensitivity analysis
The sensitivity of the DBO to changes in the weighted principal assumptions is:
2025 2025 2024 2024
DBO
(INCREASE)
DBO
(INCREASE)
DBO
(INCREASE)
DBO
(INCREASE)
/ DECREASE WITH / DECREASE WITH / DECREASE WITH / DECREASE WITH
INCREASE
IN
DECREASE
IN
INCREASE
IN
DECREASE
IN
ASSUMPTION
ASSUMPTION
ASSUMPTION ASSUMPTION
$000 $000 $000 $000
Discount rate (0.50% movement) 721 (811) 793 (886)
Salary growth rate (0.50% movement) (45) 45 (47) 47
P
ension growth rate (0.25% movement) (360) 360 (373) 373
Life expectancy (1 year movement) (1,397) 1,442 (1,399) 1,399
Employee Benefits Accounting Policies
Defined benefit plan
The Group's net obligation with respect to its defined benefit plan is calculated by estimating the amount of future benefit that employees
have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods, discounting that amount and deducting the fair value of any plan
assets. The discount rate is the yield at the reporting date on bonds that have maturity dates approximating the terms of the Group's
obligations. The calculation is performed by a qualified actuary using the projected unit credit method. When the calculation results
in a potential asset for the Group, the recognised asset is limited to the lower of the net assets of the Plan or the current value of the
contributions holiday that is expected to be generated.
Remeasurement of the net defined benefit asset or liability, which comprise actuarial gains and losses and the return on plan assets, are
recognised directly in other comprehensive income and the defined benefit plan reserve in equity. Net interest expense and other expenses
related to defined benefit plans are recognised in profit or loss.
Short-term employee benefits
Short-term employee benefits are expensed as the related service is provided. A liability is recognised for the undiscounted amount of
short-term employee benefits expected to be paid if the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result
of past service provided by the employee and the obligation can be estimated reliably.
Long-term employee benefits
Provisions made with respect to employee benefits which are not expected to be settled within 12 months are measured as the present
value of the estimated future cash outflows to be made by the Group with respect to services provided by employees up to the reporting
date. Remeasurements are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they arise.
19 Financial Instruments – Fair Values and Risk Management
A. Accounting classifications and fair values
The tables below set out the Group's classification of each class of financial assets and liabilities, and their fair values.
FAIR VALUE
THROUGH AT AMORTISED TOTAL CARRYING
PROFIT OR LOSS COST AMOUNT FAIR VALUE
$000 $000 $000 $000
2025
Financial assets
C
ash and cash equivalents
–
2,613
2,613
2,613
Derivative assets 240 – 240 240
Trade and other receivables and contract assets – 155,310 155,310 155,310
GO-STOCK receivables – 81,442 81,442 81,442
Other investments – 242 242 242
240 239,607 239,847
Financial liabilities
D
ebt
–
(88,182)
(88,182)
(88,182)
Derivative liabilities (1,576) – (1,576) (1,576)
T
rade creditors
–
(125,549)
(125,549)
(125,549)
Goods received but not invoiced – (6,898) (6,898) (6,898)
L
ease liabilities
–
(87,148)
(87,148)
–
(1,576) (307,777) (309,353)
2024
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents – 3,785 3,785 3,785
Derivative assets 683 – 683 683
Trade and other receivables and contract assets – 132,694 132,694 132,694
GO-STOCK receivables – 52,551 52,551 52,551
Other investments – 422 422 422
683 189,452 190,135
Financial liabilities
Debt – (63,000) (63,000) (63,000)
Derivative liabilities (192) – (192) (192)
T
rade creditors
–
104,977
104,977
104,977
G
oods received but not invoiced
–
(6,179)
(6,179)
(6,179)
L
ease liabilities
–
(96,666)
(96,666)
–
(192) (270,822) (271,014)
Management assessed that the fair values of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, trade creditors and other current liabilities approximate
their carrying amounts largely due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.
Refer to
Accounting
Policies
– page 94.
Refer to
Accounting
Policies
– page 94.
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
9190
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
19 Financial Instruments – Fair Values and Risk Management (continued)
A. Accounting classifications and fair values (continued)
Fair value hierarchy
The table below analyses financial instruments carried at fair value by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:
–
L
evel 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
–
L
evel 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or
indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)
–
L
evel 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs)
LEVEL 1 LEVEL 2 LEVEL 3 TOTAL
$000 $000 $000 $000
2025
Derivative assets – 240 – 240
Derivative liabilities – (1,576) – (1,576)
2024
D
erivative assets
–
683
–
683
D
erivative liabilities
–
(192)
–
(192)
B
.
F
inancial management risk
The Group's primary risks are those of liquidity and funding, credit and market (foreign currency, price and interest rate) risks.
The Group is committed to the management of risk to achieve sustainability of service, employment and profits, and therefore, takes on controlled
amounts of risk when considered appropriate. The Board of Directors is responsible for the review and ratification of the Group's systems of risk
management, internal compliance and control, code of conduct and legal compliance. The Board maintains a formal set of delegated authorities
(including policies for credit and treasury) that clearly define the responsibilities delegated to Management and those retained by the Board. The
Board approves these delegated authorities and reviews them annually.
The following Management committees review and manage key risks:
–
T
he Senior Management Team meets regularly to consider new and emerging risks, review actions required to manage and mitigate key risks,
and to monitor progress.
–
The Credit Committee, comprising of Management appointees, meets regularly to review credit risk, account limits and provisioning.
Management formally reports on all aspects of key risks to the Audit Committee at least two times each year.
(i) Liquidity and funding risks
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulties in raising funds at short notice to meet commitments associated with financial
instruments. Funding risk is the risk of over-reliance on a funding source to the extent that a change in that funding source could increase overall
funding costs or cause difficulty in raising funds.
The Group manages liquidity risk by forecasting daily cash requirements and future funding requirements, and maintaining an adequate liquidity
headroom. The Group monitors its liquidity daily, weekly and monthly and maintains appropriate liquid assets and committed bank funding
facilities to meet all obligations in a timely and cost efficient manner. The Group has a policy of funding diversification and utilises a banking
syndicate to limit concentration risk in relation to liquidity and funding. The funding policy augments the Group's liquidity policy with its aim to
ensure the Group has a stable diversified funding base without over-reliance on any one market sector.
The objectives of the Group's funding and liquidity policy is to:
–
Ensur
e all financial obligations are met when due;
–
P
rovide adequate protection, even under crisis scenarios; and
–
Achieve competitive funding within the limitations of liquidity requirements.
19 Financial Instruments – Fair Values and Risk Management (continued)
B. Financial management risk (continued)
(i) Liquidity and funding risks (continued)
Contractual maturity analysis
The following schedule analyses the Group's financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the balance
date to the contractual maturity date (reported on an undiscounted basis). History demonstrates that such accounts provide a stable source of
long term funding for the Group.
CONTRACTUAL CASH FLOW
AMOUNT IN
STATEMENT OF
WITHIN BEYOND FINANCIAL
12 MONTHS 1 TO 5 YEARS 5 YEARS TOTAL POSITION
$000 $000 $000 $000 $000
2025
Debt
7,029
95,079
–
102,108
88,182
Derivative liabilities 1,425 151 – 1,576 1,576
Trade creditors
125,549
–
–
125,549
125,549
Goods received but not invoiced 6,898 – – 6,898 6,898
L
ease liabilities 24,869 62,971 8,954 96,794 87,148
165,770 158,201 8,954 332,925 309,353
2024
Debt 7,181 67,787 – 74,968 63,000
D
erivative liabilities 192 – – 192 192
Trade creditors 104,977 – – 104,977 104,977
G
oods received but not invoiced 6,179 – – 6,179 6,179
Lease liabilities 24,543 68,990 16,087 109,620 96,666
143,072 136,777 16,087 295,936 271,014
Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities
LEASE
CHANGES IN ADDITIONS AND
1 JUL 2024 CASHFLOW FAIR VALUE MODIFICATIONS 30 JUN 2025
$000 $000 $000 $000 $000
Debt 63,000 25,182 – – 88,182
Lease liabilities 96,666 (22,608) – 13,090 87,148
Total liabilities from financing activities 159,666 2,574 – 13,090 175,330
LEASE
CHANGES IN ADDITIONS AND
1 JUL 2023 CASHFLOW FAIR VALUE MODIFICATIONS 30 JUN 2024
$000 $000 $000 $000 $000
Debt 69,960 (6,960) – – 63,000
Lease liabilities 88,355 (21,203) – 29,514 96,666
Total liabilities from financing activities 158,315 (28,163) – 29,514 159,666
Refer to
Accounting
Policies
– page 94.
Refer to
Accounting
Policies
– page 94.
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
9392
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
19 Financial Instruments – Fair Values and Risk Management (continued)
B. Financial management risk (continued)
(ii) Credit risk
Credit risk is the potential for loss that could occur as a result of a counterparty failing to discharge its obligations. This may be due to extreme
weather events or volatility in commodity prices.
Concentrations of credit risk
Financial instruments which potentially subject the Group to concentrations of credit risk principally consist of bank balances, trade receivables,
GO-STOCK receivables, other receivables, other investments and forward foreign exchange contracts. The Group places its cash with two major
trading banks. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade and GO-STOCK receivables are limited due to the large number of customers
included in the Group's farming customer base in New Zealand.
(iii) Market risk
Market risk is the potential for change in the value recorded in the Statement of Financial Position caused by a change in the value, volatility or
relationship between market risks and prices. Market risk arises from the mismatch between assets and liabilities, both on and off balance sheet.
Market risk includes price, foreign currency and interest rate risk which are explained as follows:
Concentrations of market risk
The Group has exposure to commodity pricing risk on Wool and Velvet inventories and forward Wool and Velvet sales and purchase contracts. This
is mitigated by the Group having policies around unmatched positions. Other inventory is of merchandise nature and the Group has a range of
suppliers or has entered into long-term supply agreements.
Foreign currency risk
The Group undertakes transactions denominated in foreign currencies and exposure to movements in foreign currency arises from these activities.
The Group manages this risk by using forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge foreign currency risks as they arise.
Foreign currency exposure risk
The Group's exposure to foreign currency risk is summarised below. The notional forward exchange cover includes forward foreign exchange
contracts entered into to economically hedge forward sale and purchase commitments.
GBP USD AUD EURO
NZ$000 NZ$000 NZ$000 NZ$000
2025
Cash and cash equivalents – – – 346
T
rade receivables 456 1,429 445 5,900
Trade creditors (2,035) (11,815) (790) (3,956)
Net amount r
ecorded within the Statement of Financial Position
(1,579) (10,386) (345) 2,290
Forward exchange contracts on the above items
and forward sale and purchase commitments
Notional forward exchange cover 426 5,988 355 (19,101)
Net unhedged position
(2,004) (16,374) (700) 21,391
2024
Cash and cash equivalents – 118 – 300
Trade receivables
262
590
371
2,873
T
rade creditors
(1,098)
(9,905)
(620)
(3,116)
Net amount r
ecorded within the Statement of Financial Position
(836) (9,197) (249) 57
Forward exchange contracts on the above items
and forward sale and purchase commitments
Notional forward exchange cover (1,235) 4,963 115 (20,496)
Net unhedged position
400 (14,160) (364) 20,553
19 Financial Instruments – Fair Values and Risk Management (continued)
B. Financial management risk (continued)
(iii) Market risk (continued)
Interest rate risk
Floating rate borrowings are used for general funding activities. Interest rate risk is the risk that the value of financial instruments and the interest
margin will fluctuate as a result of changes in market interest rates. The risk is that financial assets may be repriced at a different time and/or by a
different amount than financial liabilities.
This risk is managed by operating within approved policy limits using an interest rate duration approach. Interest rate swaps, interest rate options
and forward rate agreements may be used to hedge the floating rate exposure as deemed appropriate. The Group had no interest rate derivatives
at 30 June 2025 (2024: Nil).
Interest rate repricing schedule
The following tables include the Group's liabilities at their carrying amounts, categorised by the earlier of contractual repricing or maturity dates:
WITHIN 1 TO 2 OVER NON-INTEREST
12 MONTHS YEARS 2 YEARS BEARING TOTAL
$000
$000 $000 $000 $000
2025
Debt – 88,182 – – 88,182
D
erivative liabilities
–
–
–
1,576
1,576
T
rade creditors – – – 125,549 125,549
G
oods received but not invoiced
–
–
–
6,898
6,898
– 88,182 – 134,023 222,205
2024
Debt – 63,000 – – 63,000
D
erivative liabilities – – – 192 192
Trade creditors – – – 104,977 104,977
G
oods received but not invoiced – – – 6,179 6,179
– 63,000 – 111,348 174,348
Sensitivity analysis
The Group's treasury policy effectively insulates earnings from the effect of short-term fluctuations in either foreign exchange. Over the longer
term however, permanent changes in foreign exchange rates and interest rates will have an impact on the profit or loss. A 2% change in interest
rate has been modelled as it is considered a reasonably possible change (2024: 2%). The sensitivity of net profit after tax for the year ended 30 June
2025 and 30 June 2024, and shareholders equity as at those dates, to reasonably possible changes in conditions is shown below.
INTEREST RATES INTEREST RATES INTEREST RATES INTEREST RATES
INCREASE BY 2% INCREASE BY 2% DECREASE BY 2% DECREASE BY 2%
2025 2024 2025 2024
$000 $000 $000 $000
Increase/(decrease) in net profit after tax and shareholders' equity (1,475) (1,277) 1,458 1,220
Other market risks such as pricing and foreign exchange are not considered likely to lead to material change over the next reporting period. The
Group's financial assets and liabilities are predominantly held in New Zealand Dollars (NZD). For this reason, a sensitivity analysis of these market
risks is not included.
C.
Capital management
The capital of the Group consists of share capital, reserves, and retained earnings. The policy of the Group is to maintain a strong capital base so
as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence while providing the ability to develop future business initiatives. This policy has not been
changed during the period.
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
9594
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
19 Financial Instruments - Fair Values and Risk Management (continued)
Non-Derivative Financial Instruments Accounting Policies
(i) Non-derivative financial assets
Non-derivative financial assets comprise cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, GO-STOCK receivables and investments in
equity and debt securities.
The Group initially recognises financial assets on the date at which the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the
instrument, although trade receivables are initially recognised when they are originated.
Financial assets are initially measured at fair value. If the financial asset is not subsequently measured at fair value through profit or loss, the
initial investment includes transaction costs that are directly attributable to the asset's acquisition or origination. The Group subsequently
measures financial assets at either fair value or amortised cost.
Financial assets measured at amortised cost
A financial asset is subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method and net of any impairment loss, if:
– the asset is held within a business model with an objective to hold assets in order to collect contractual cash flows; and
– the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise, on specified dates, to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest.
Financial assets measured at fair value
Financial assets other than those classified as financial assets measured at amortised cost are subsequently measured at fair value with all
changes recognised in the profit or loss.
However, for investments in equity instruments that are not held for trading, the Group may elect at initial recognition to present gains
and losses through other comprehensive income. For instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income gains and
losses are never reclassified to profit or loss and no impairments are recognised in profit or loss.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and deposits held at call with banks. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and
form an integral part of the Group's cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents.
Trade and other receivables and GO-STOCK receivables
Trade and other receivables and GO-STOCK receivables are stated at their amortised cost less impairment losses.
(ii) Non-derivative financial liabilities
Interest-bearing borrowings
Interest-bearing borrowings are classified as other financial liabilities and are initially recognised at fair value plus any directly attributable
transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are recognised at cost and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method after
initial recognition.
(iii) Determination of fair values for non-derivative financial instruments
Fair value, which is determined for disclosure purposes, is calculated based on the present value of future principal and interest cash flows,
discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date.
20 Commitments
A. Capital expenditure not provided for
The Group has capital commitments of $0.48 million as at 30 June 2025 (2024: nil).
B.
F
orward purchase commitments
The Group as part of its ordinary course of business enters into forward purchase agreements with wool and velvet growers. These commitments
extend for periods of up to 2 years and are at varying stages of execution. There remains uncertainty associated with yield, quality and market
price. Therefore, the Group is unable to sufficiently quantify the value of these commitments.
C.
F
orward sales commitments
The Group as part of its ordinary course of business enters into forward sales agreements with wool and velvet customers. These commitments
extend for periods of up to 2 years and are at varying stages of execution. There remains uncertainty associated with yield, quality and market
price. Therefore, the Group is unable to sufficiently quantify the value of these commitments.
21 Contingent Liabilities
A. PGG Wrightson Loyalty Reward Programme
The Group recognises a provision for the expected level of points redemption from the PGG Wrightson Max Rewards loyalty reward programme. At
the reporting date, the balance of live points which does not form part of the recognised provision total $0.10 million (2024: $0.08 million). Losses
are not expected to arise from this contingent liability. Revenue in respect of the loyalty reward programme is deferred until such time as the
reward is claimed by the customer.
B.
C
ontingent liabilities
The Group receives client claims as part of the ordinary course of business in the supply of goods and services. The Group will pursue recovery
of claims with suppliers where appropriate under terms of trade. Accordingly, the amount of any potential obligation in respect of these claims
cannot be estimated with sufficient reliability.
22 Seasonality of Operations
The Group is subject to significant seasonal fluctuations. The Group's earnings are weighted towards the first half of the financial year and are
primarily related to the Retail business, as demand for New Zealand farming inputs are generally weighted towards the spring season. The second
half earnings predominantly relate to Livestock trading as farmers seek to maximise their income following New Zealand's spring calving and
lambing season. Other business units have similar but less material seasonal fluctuations. The Group recognises that this seasonality is the nature
of the industry and plans and manages its business accordingly.
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
9796
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
23 Subsequent Events
Dividend
On 11 August 2025, the Directors of PGG Wrightson Limited resolved to pay a final dividend of 4 cents per share on 3 October 2025 to shareholders
on the Company's share register as at 5.00pm on 11 September 2025. This dividend will be fully imputed.
Acquisition of Nexan Corporation Limited and associated entities
On 7 July 2025 the Group announced the acquisition of Nexan Corporation Limited and its associated entities (Nexan), a leading New Zealand
animal health manufacturer that develops and markets a range of products for livestock. Nexan’s offering as an innovator aligns well with PGW’s
strategic objective of being the leader in bringing technical knowhow and expertise to the market to benefit New Zealand farmers and growers.
The transaction completed on 31 July 2025.
The transaction resulted in the Group acquiring all of the shares and voting interests in Nexan Corporation Limited (Nexan) and its associated
entities for a purchase price of $19.91 million.
The Group is yet to complete its review of the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired, and provisional values have been disclosed below. In
accordance with NZ IFRS 3 Business Combinations these provisional amounts may be retrospectively adjusted, for a period of up to 12 months from
the date of acquisition, to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date.
Prior to the acquisition, the Group had a pre-existing supply relationship with Nexan supplying products to the Group. At the date of acquisition,
the Group had a trade payable balance of $1.96 million owing to Nexan. Upon acquisition, this supplier relationship has ceased. The consideration
paid to the vendor has accordingly been reduced by $1.96 million in respect of the settlement of the outstanding amount of the supplier
relationship.
Due to the short time period between the acquisition date and the date of authorisation of the financial statements, the earnings contributed by
the acquiree during this period have not been disclosed, as they are not considered material to the users of the financial statements.
$000
Consideration Transferred
Cash paid to vendor 17,951
Total Consideration paid to vendor 17,951
Provisional value of identifiable Assets and Liabilities Acquired
Cash and cash equivalents 254
P
repayments 13
Inventories 2,184
P
roperty, Plant and Equipment 540
I
ntangibles
165
T
rade and Other payables (1,245)
Income Tax Payable (411)
GST P
ayable
(125)
Net Assets Acquired 1,375
Provisional Goodwill acquired upon acquisition 16,576
24 Related Parties
A. Key management personnel compensation
2025 2024
$000 $000
Short-term employee benefits 4,779 3,789
Post-employment benefits 114 131
4,893 3,920
B. Other transactions with key management personnel
Senior Executives or their related parties hold positions in other entities that result in them having control or significant influence over the
financial or operating policies of these entities. A number of these Senior Executives and their related parties transacted with the Group during the
reporting period.
The aggregate value of transactions and outstanding balances (on a GST inclusive basis) relating to the Senior Executives and entities over which
they have control or significant influence were as follows:
TRANSACTION BALANCE TRANSACTION BALANCE
VALUE OUTSTANDING VALUE OUTSTANDING
2025 2025 2024 2024
KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONAL TR
ANSACTION
$000
$000
$000
$
000
Nick Berry Purchase of retail goods
and fuel on-charge transactions 2 – 1 –
Julian Daly
P
urchase of retail goods
1
–
–
–
St
ephen Guerin Purchase of retail goods
and liv
estock transactions
13
–
32
–
P
eter Newbold
P
urchase of retail goods, livestock transactions
and fuel on-
charge transactions
31
–
30
1
P
eter Scott Purchase of retail goods
and fuel on-charge transactions 4 – 2 –
25 Reporting Entity
PGG Wrightson Limited (the "Company") is a company domiciled in New Zealand and registered under the Companies Act 1993 in New Zealand.
The Company's registered office is at 1 Robin Mann Place, Christchurch. The Company is listed on the New Zealand Stock Exchange and is an FMC
Reporting Entity for the purposes of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013.
The consolidated financial statements of PGG Wrightson for the year ended 30 June 2025 comprise the Company, its subsidiaries and interests in
associates and jointly controlled entities (together referred to as the "Group"). The Group is primarily involved in the provision of goods and services
within the agricultural and horticultural sectors.
OWNERSHIP INTEREST
C
OUNTRY OF
2025
2024
SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARIES INCORPORATION DIRECT PARENT % %
Bidr Limited New Zealand PGG Wrightson Limited 100 100
Bloch & Behrens Wool (NZ) Limited
Ne
w Zealand
PGG
Wrightson Limited
100
100
NZ A
gritrade Limited
Ne
w Zealand
PGG
Wrightson Limited
100
100
PGG
Wrightson Employee Benefits Plan Trustee Limited
Ne
w Zealand
PGG
Wrightson Limited
100
100
PGG
Wrightson Investments Limited
Ne
w Zealand
PGG
Wrightson Limited
100
100
PGG
Wrightson Real Estate Limited
Ne
w Zealand
PGG
Wrightson Limited
100
100
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
9998
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
26 Basis of Preparation
A. Statement of compliance
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with New Zealand Generally Accepted Accounting Practice ("NZ
GAAP"). They comply with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, the New
Zealand equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards ("NZ IFRS") and other applicable Financial Reporting Standards, as appropriate
for a Tier 1 for-profit entity. These consolidated financial statements have also been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Financial
Markets Conduct Act 2013 and the Financial Reporting Act 2013.
B.
Basis of measurement
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following:
–
D
erivative financial instruments are measured at fair value.
C.
F
unctional and presentation currency
These consolidated financial statements are presented in New Zealand dollars ($), which is the functional currency of each of the Group entities.
All amounts have been rounded to the nearest thousand, unless otherwise indicated.
D.
U
se of estimates and judgements
In preparing these consolidated financial statements, Management has made judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application
of the Group's accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these
estimates and assumptions.
Estimates and assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised prospectively.
Information about critical judgements made in applying accounting policies, assumptions and estimation uncertainties that have the most
significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements is included in the following notes:
Note
11
C
arrying value of trade and other receivables
12
C
arrying value of GO-STOCK receivables
13
C
arrying value of inventories
18
M
easurement of defined benefit asset/(liability) – key actuarial assumptions
E.
C
omparative information
Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current reporting period’s presentation.
27 Other Material Accounting Policies
The accounting policies set out in these consolidated financial statements have been applied consistently to all reporting periods presented in
these consolidated financial statements, and have been applied consistently by Group entities.
A.
B
asis of consolidation
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its
involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. The financial statements of subsidiaries are
included in the consolidated financial statements from the date on which control commences until the date on which control ceases.
Transactions eliminated on consolidation
Intra-group balances, and any unrealised income or expenses arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated in preparing the consolidated
financial statements. Unrealised gains arising from transactions with equity accounted investees are eliminated against the investment to the
extent of the Group's interest in the investee. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there
is no evidence of impairment.
B. Foreign currency
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of the group entities at the exchange rates at the dates of
the transactions.
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at the reporting
date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated to the functional currency at the
exchange rate at the date that fair value was determined. Non-monetary items that are measured based on historical cost in a foreign currency
are translated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Foreign currency differences arising are recognised in
profit or loss.
C.
D
isclosure of non-GAAP financial information
Non-GAAP reporting measures have been presented in the consolidated statement of profit or loss or referenced to in the notes to the
consolidated financial statements. The following non-GAAP measures are relevant to the understanding of the Group's financial performance:
–
Operating EBITD
A represents earnings before net interest expense, foreign exchange items, income tax, depreciation, amortisation, the results
from discontinued operations, impairments and fair value adjustments and non-operating items.
–
EBIT r
epresents earnings before net interest expense, foreign exchange items, income tax expense and the results from discontinued
operations.
The Directors and Management believe the Operating EBITDA and EBIT measures provide useful information as they provide valuable insight
on the underlying performance of the business. They are used internally to evaluate the underlying performance of the business and to analyse
trends.
These measures are not uniformly defined or utilised by all companies. Accordingly, these measures may not be comparable with similarly titled
measures used by other companies. Non-GAAP financial measures should not be viewed in isolation nor considered as a substitute for measures
reported in accordance with NZ IFRS.
D.
S
tandards issued but not yet effective
The new and amended standards and interpretations that are issued, but have not yet commenced to apply, up to the date of issuance of the
Group’s financial statements are disclosed below. The Group intends to adopt these standards, if applicable, when they become effective.
IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements
In May 2024, the XRB issued NZ IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements to improve reporting of financial performance. NZ IFRS
18 replaces NZ IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements. It carries forward many requirements from NZ IAS 1 unchanged and introduces increased
disclosure of management defined performance measures as well as new principles for aggregation and disaggregation of information included
in the consolidated statement of profit or loss. NZ IFRS 18 is effective for reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027, but earlier
application is permitted for accounting periods that end after 20 June 2024 and must be disclosed. NZ IFRS 18 will apply retrospectively. The Group
is currently working to identify all impacts the amendments will have on the primary financial statements and notes to the financial statements.
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
100
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Independent auditor’s report to the shareholders of PGG Wrightson Limited
Opinion
We have audited the financial statements of PGG Wrightson Limited (the “Company”) and its
subsidiaries (together the “Group”) on pages 57 to 100, which comprise the consolidated statement of
financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2025, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive
income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the
year then ended of the Group, and the notes to the consolidated financial statements including
material accounting policy information.
In our opinion, the c
onsolidated financial statements on pages 57 to 100 present fairly, in all material
respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2025 and its consolidated
financial performance and cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with New Zealand
Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards and International Financial Reporting
Standards.
This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit has been undertaken
so that we might state to the Company’s shareholders those matters we are required to state to them
in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not
accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s shareholders,
as a body
, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand). Our
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the
audit of the financial statements section of our report.
We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard 1 International
Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners (including International Independence Standards) (New
Zealand) issued by the New Zealand Auditing and Assurance Standards Board, and we have fulfilled
our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis
for our opinion.
Erns
t & Young provides greenhouse gas reporting assurance as well as research and development
taxation incentive services to the Group. Partners and employees of our firm may deal with the Group
on normal terms within the ordinary course of trading activities of the business of the Group. We have
no other relationship with, or interest in, the Group.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in
our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed
in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our
opinion thereon, but we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. For each matter below,
our description of how our audit addressed the matter is provided in that context.
We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the
financial statements section of the audit report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our
audit included the performance of procedures designed to respond to our assessment of the risks
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
101
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2025
28 Capital and Reserves
Share capital
All shares are ordinary fully paid shares with no par value, carry equal voting rights and share equally in any profit on the winding up of the Group.
Realised capital and revaluation reserve
The realised capital reserve comprises the cumulative net capital gains that have been realised. The revaluation reserve relates to historic
revaluations of property, plant and equipment.
Defined benefit plan reserve
The defined benefit plan reserve contains actuarial gains and losses on plan assets and defined benefit obligations. During the year ended 30 June
2025, an amount of $0.10m, which represents the Employee Superannuation Contribution Tax (ESCT ) on the lump sum cash contribution, was
transferred from the defined benefit reserve to retained earnings (30 June 2024: $0.04).
Retained earnings/deficit
The retained earnings or deficit equals accumulated undistributed profits or losses.
Dividends
The following dividends were declared and paid by the Company.
PAYMENT DATE $ PER SHARE
2025 interim dividend – fully imputed 3 April 2025 0.025
Share Capital Accounting Policies
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares are recognised as a deduction
from equity.
Repurchase of ordinary shares
When shares recognised as equity are repurchased, the amount of the consideration paid, including directly attributable costs, is recognised
as a deduction from equity. Repurchased shares are cancelled. However, treasury stock for which unrestricted ownership has not yet been
transferred are not cancelled.
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
of material misstatement of the financial statements. The results of our audit procedures, including
the procedures performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the
accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Collectability of trade and GO-STOCK receivables
Why significant How our audit addressed the key audit matter
At 30 June 2025 trade and GO-STOCK
receivables totalled $210.4m, representing 40%
of the Group’s total assets. This amount is net of
the provision for impaired trade and GO-STOCK
receivables of $1.7m.
We consider this to be a key audit matter
because trade and GO-STOCK receivables are a
significant component of Group assets and the
provision for impaired receivables involves
signif
icant judgement.
Disclosures in relation to trade and GO-STOCK
receivables and their provisions for impairment
are included in notes 11 and 12 to the Group
financial statements.
Our audit procedures included the following:
obtained an understanding of
management’s receivables provisioning
process;
assessed management’s provisioning
methods and whether they comply with
NZ IFRS 9 Financial Instruments;
considered the inputs, assumptions and
estimates used or made by
managemen
t;
tested the ageing of receivables by
agreeing the recorded ageing of a
sample of trade receivables to sales
documentation;
considered sector based performance
indicators, including commodity price
movements for beef and sheep and
sector outlooks, to:
assess the appropriateness of
management’s considerations and
judgements in receivables
pr
ovisioning, and
consider indications of any material
change in credit risk on trade and
GO-STOCK receivables;
considered the appropriateness and
sufficiency of the disclosures related to
trade and GO-STOCK receivables and the
related provisioning.
Inventory Valuation
Why significant How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Inventory is recorded at the lower of cost and
net realisable value. At 30 June 2025 inventory
totalled $100.1m, representing 19% of the
Group’s total assets. This amount is net of a
provision for inventory write down of $1.7m.
We consider this to be a key audit matter
because inventory is a significant component of
Group total assets and the cost of inventory
include
s an estimation of adjustments to reflect
variable pricing arrangements with suppliers.
Disclosures in relation to inventory and
inventory provisions are included in note 13 to
the Group financial statements.
Our audit procedures included the following:
compared a sample of recorded
inventory cost to supplier invoices;
assessed the inputs into, and calculation
of, adjustments to inventory cost to take
account of variable pricing
arrangements with suppliers;
confirmed with a sample of suppliers the
amount of purchases from them subject
to variable pricing arrangements for the
year, and the amounts receivable from
them at year end;
considered the methods, models, and
assumptions used by management in
estimating the net realisable value of
slow moving, excess, and obsolete
in
ventory;
considered the appropriateness and
sufficiency of disclosures related to the
valuation of inventory.
Information other than the financial statements and auditor’s report
The directors of the Company are responsible for the annual report, which includes information other
than the consolidated financial statements and auditor’s report which is expected to be made available
to us after the date of this auditor’s report.
Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do
not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is to read the
other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent
with the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit, or otherwise
appears to be materially misstated.
When we read the annual report, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we are
required to communicate the matter to those charged with governance and, if uncorrected, to take
appropriate action to bring the matter to the attention of users for whom our auditor’s report was
prepared.
Directors’ responsibilities for the financial statements
The directors are responsible, on behalf of the entity, for the preparation and fair presentation of the
consolidated financial statements in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International
102
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
103
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
Incorporating Disclosure of Compliance with the NZX Corporate Governance Code
Te Whakauru Mai i Ngā Whakapuakanga Tautuku me Ngā Tikanga Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū a NZX
Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū me te Tūtohi a te Poari
Corporate Governance
and Board Charter
Jenny Lintern, Fruitfed Supplies Crop Monitoring
Scout, inspects Sauvignon Blanc grape vines
for mealybugs at a vineyard, near Blenheim,
Marlborough.
Financial Reporting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards, and for such internal
control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing on
behalf of the entity the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable,
matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors
either intend to liquidate the Group or cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor's responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial
statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to
issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance,
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with International Standards on Auditing
(New Zealand) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from
fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably
be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated
financial statements.
A further description of the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is
located at the External Reporting Board’s website: https://www.xrb.govt.nz/standards-for-assurance-
practitioners/auditors-responsibilities/audit-report-1/. This description forms part of our auditor’s
report.
The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor’s report is Brendan
Summerfield.
Chartered Accountants
Christchurch
11 A
ugust 2025
104
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
105
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
107
Corporate Governance and Board Charter | Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū me te Tūtohi a te Poari haere tonu
106
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Introduction
The Board of PGG Wrightson Limited is committed to acting with integrity and expects high standards of
behaviour and accountability from all of PGG Wrightson’s officers and staff. As part of this commitment, the
Board has adopted this Corporate Governance Code which incorporates the Board Charter in section 2 below.
PGG Wrightson complies with the Recommendations in the NZX 31 January 2025 Corporate Governance
Code (NZX Code) except where specifically disclosed. This Corporate Governance section is current as at 30
June 2025 and has been approved by PGG Wrightson’s Board of Directors.
The Board’s primary objective is the creation of shareholder value through following appropriate strategies
and ensuring effective and innovative use of PGG Wrightson’s resources in providing customer satisfaction.
PGG Wrightson will be a good employer and a responsible corporate citizen.
PRINCIPLE 1 – Ethical Standards
“Directors should set high standards of ethical behaviour, model this behaviour and hold management accountable for these
standards being followed throughout the organisation.”
1.1 PGG Wrightson Code of Conduct
Dir
ectors recognise that it is their role to set high standards of
ethical behaviour, model this behaviour and hold management
accountable for observing, fostering and delivering high ethical
standards throughout the PGG Wrightson Group. Directors and
employees are expected to act honestly and in the best interests
of PGG Wrightson, as required by law, and taking account of
interests of shareholders and other stakeholders.
In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 1.1, the Board
has several documents that codify minimum standards of ethical
behaviour, being the Code of Conduct, which is available at
www.pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company > Sustainability;
and the Conflict of Interest Policy, Fraud Prevention and
Response Policy, Whistle Blower Policy and the Board Charter
outlined in section 2 below.
The Code of Conduct requires all members of the PGG Wrightson
Group, including Directors and employees, to observe the
highest of standards of ethics and conduct, in alignment with
these PGG Wrightson Group Values:
Accountability:
Stand by our word and meet commitments.
Be accountable to our customers and each other.
Leadership:
Set standards and exceed expectations.
Take action and strive to excel.
Lead through innovation.
Integrity:
Operate ethically and with integrity.
Treat others with respect.
Act professionally.
Smarter:
Be more effective and efficient.
Think, decide and act quickly.
Learn from mistakes, celebrate successes.
Teamwork:
Share knowledge and information.
Work together to create solutions.
Think and act as One Team.
The Code of Conduct is intended to guide Directors and
employees in carrying out their duties and responsibilities.
It supports decision-making that is consistent with PGG
Wrightson’s values and obligations, rather than prescribing a
complete list of acceptable and unacceptable behaviour. It
reflects expectations that Directors and employees of the PGG
Wrightson Group will:
Comply with standards including all applicable laws,
regulations, codes, policies and procedures and lawful and
reasonable directions;
Behave in an ethical and professional manner in a way that
upholds the PGG Wrightson Group Values and maintains
public confidence in our professionalism, honesty and
integrity;
Use PGG Wrightson resources, assets, time, funds and
information only for their authorised/intended purpose;
Treat customers, suppliers, other PGG Wrightson personnel
and third parties with respect, courtesy and dignity and
taking account of interests of shareholders and other
stakeholders;
Ensure their own and others’ health, safety and wellbeing in
the workplace, and protect the environment;
Avoid and/or disclose any Conflicts of Interest (real or
apparent). The PGG Wrightson Group has a detailed Conflicts
of Interest Policy which contains good practice guidelines
surrounding the identification, disclosure and management
of staff conflicts of interest;
Follow company policy on receiving and giving gifts and
gratuities;
Protect PGG Wrightson Group Assets and comply with our
Group Fraud Prevention Policy;
Give proper attention to all matters and create an open
communication environment that results in all material
items being brought to the attention of Directors and the
appropriate management; and
Protect the confidentiality of and intellectual property rights
in all non-public information about our customers, suppliers,
PGG Wrightson personnel and business.
The Code of Conduct, and where to find it, is communicated to
all staff and is included in regular staff training and inductions.
The Code of Conduct provides mechanisms to report breaches
of the Code including unethical behaviour and specifies the
disciplinary procedures in place for any breaches. It is the
responsibility of the Board to review the Code of Conduct, to
implement the Code and to monitor compliance. If there has
been a material breach of the Code of Conduct, the Board will be
notified by the Chief Executive. No instances of material breaches
have been reported.
PGG Wrightson has a Whistle-Blower policy that allows any
reports of serious wrongdoing to be made on a protected
disclosure basis, which contains a process for direct access to an
Independent Director, to help encourage a culture of promoting
ethical behaviour and being able to speak up.
PGG Wrightson maintains a Directors and Officers Interests
Register which is regularly updated, documenting interests
disclosed by all Board members and senior management.
The statutory disclosures section in the 2025 Annual Report is
compiled from entries in the Directors Interests Register during
the reporting period. Directors may not participate in Board
discussions nor vote on matters in which they have a personal
interest.
1.2
S
ecurities Trading Policy
In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 1.2, the
Company has a detailed financial product trading policy
applying to all Directors and staff which incorporates insider
trading restraints, and rules. The Securities Trading Policy, which
is available at www.pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company
> Sustainability, specifies that no Director or employee may
buy or sell PGG Wrightson shares while in possession of inside
information. Inside information is material information that is
not generally available to the market. The policy also states
that Directors and staff in possession of inside information
cannot directly or indirectly advise or encourage any person to
deal in PGG Wrightson shares. Compliance with the Securities
Trading Policy is monitored through the consent process, by
education and by notification by PGG Wrightson’s share registrar
Computershare when a Director or Officer with a shareholding
engages in trading activities. Trading in PGG Wrightson shares by
Directors and Officers is disclosed to the NZX.
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
109
Corporate Governance and Board Charter | Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū me te Tūtohi a te Poari haere tonu
108
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PRINCIPLE 2 – Board Composition & Performance incorporating PGG Wrightson’s Board Charter
“To ensure an effective Board, there should be a balance of independence, skills, knowledge, experience and perspectives.”
2.1 This section 2 outlines the Board’s Charter which is in compliance
with NZX Code Recommendation 2.1. The Board is committed
to the principle that there should be a balance of independence,
skills, knowledge and experience among Directors so that the
Board works effectively. Directors are, except where permitted by
law, required to act in the best interests of PGG Wrightson and to
give proper attention to the matters before them. Directors are
entitled to seek independent professional advice to assist them
in meeting their responsibilities. The Board is responsible for:
Overall governance;
Employing the Chief Executive Officer;
Providing strategic leadership and overseeing the
development, adoption and communication of a clear
strategy for the business;
Overseeing management’s implementation of PGG
Wrightson’s strategic objectives and performance;
Overseeing accounting and reporting systems (including
the external audit) and PGG Wrightson’s compliance with its
continuous disclosure obligations;
Adopting and reviewing a risk management framework;
Approval of PGG Wrightson’s operating budgets/major
capital expenditure;
Adoption of PGG Wrightson’s remuneration policy and other
corporate governance documents; and
Overseeing PGG Wrightson’s due diligence and impacts on
the economy, environment, and people.
There is a clear understanding of the division of responsibilities
between, and the respective roles of, the Board and
management. To ensure efficiency, the Board has delegated to
the Chief Executive Officer and subsidiary company Boards the
day to day management and leadership of the PGG Wrightson
Group operations. The Company has a formal delegated
authority framework and policy that sets out matters reserved
for the Board and sub-delegates certain authorities to the Chief
Executive Officer and Managers within defined limits.
2.2
I
n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.2 that
every issuer should have a procedure for the nomination
and appointment of Directors to the Board, this is done as
circumstances require. PGG Wrightson has a formal and
transparent method for the nomination and appointment of
Directors to the Board – nominations are publicly called for
by notice on the NZX and considered at the Annual Meeting.
Checks will be done and key information about a candidate
provided to shareholders in the Notice of Annual Meeting,
including any adverse material information disclosed in the
checks where a candidate is standing for the first time or the
term of office if seeking re-election. Directors may be appointed
by the Board between Annual Meetings as permitted by the
Constitution but are required to seek re-election at the next
Annual Meeting. The Constitution contains no provisions for
compulsory retirement or a fixed tenure for Directors, although
Directors must periodically retire and seek re-election in
accordance with the Constitution and NZX Listing Rules.
2.3
I
n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.3 that an
issuer should enter into written agreements with each newly
appointed Director establishing the terms of their appointment,
the Board has a template Director Letter of Appointment
available for use which sets out the written expectations of
Directors and which is used for all new Directors.
2.4
I
n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.4,
information about each Director is disclosed in the 2025 Annual
Report, including a profile of experience, length of service,
independence, ownership interests and attendance at Board
meetings. As at 30 June 2025 the Board had five Directors. Their
experience, qualifications, and the value that the Directors
contributed to the Board are listed in the Board of Directors
biographies set out on pages 20 to 21 in the 2025 Annual Report.
The Board has an appropriate mix of tenure, skills, diversity,
and experience. The Board skills matrix below outlines the
qualifications, capabilities, tenure, and gender of each member
of the Board.
The Board is structured so each Director brings a range of
specialist skills and backgrounds, and they contribute relevant
knowledge and experience that complements each other.
Each Director has expertise that is relevant to the Company’s
operations and aligns to our strategic goals. The Board comprises
four Independent Directors and one Non-independent Director.
The Board Skills Matrix identifies the key skill that each Director brings to the Board.
SKILLS / EXPERIENCE
GARRY MOORE
CHAIR & INDEPENDENT
DIRECTOR
SARAH BROWN
DEPUTY CHAIR &
INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR
MENG FOON
INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR
U KEAN SENG
DIRECTOR
DR CHARLOTTE SEVERN
INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR
Tertiary QualificationsMBA, B.Com, ACA,
AFA, Dip Financial
Accounting,CMIOD
BA, LLB, CFInstDLLB (Hons), B.EcMSc, PhD (Geology),
ONZM
Accounting & Finance
Agri-business experience
Audit & Risk
Government Relations & Regulations
Health, Safety, & Wellbeing
Iwi Relations
Innovation & Technology
Legal
Listed Company & Markets Experience
Sustainability
Tenure as PGW Director (years)373135
Year joined the BoardFY23FY19FY23FY13FY21
GenderMFMMF
High capability
Medium capability
Post 1 July 2025, the current Directors and their experience and qualifications are listed on our website www.pggwrightson.co.nz under Our
Company > Our Team. The full Board met six times during the year ended 30 June 2025, including conference calls and Teams meetings. The Board
Health, Safety and Environment Committee also convenes during the course of all Board meetings with all Directors attending. Directors also met
on other occasions for strategic planning and held conference calls from time to time. The attendance at Board meetings of all Directors who
served during the financial year to 30 June 2025 is set out below, including attendance in part:
DIRECTOR
NUMBER OF
BOARD MEETINGS
ATTENDED
NUMBER OF
AUDIT COMMITTEE
MEETINGS ATTENDED
NUMBER OF
REMUNERATION,
NOMINATIONS AND
APPOINTMENTS
COMMITTEE MEETINGS
ATTENDED
NUMBER OF HEALTH,
SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
COMMITTEE MEETINGS
ATTENDED
Garry Moore6446
Sarah Brown6446
Meng Foon3013
U Kean Seng6446
Dr Charlotte Severne5045
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
111
Corporate Governance and Board Charter | Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū me te Tūtohi a te Poari haere tonu
110
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LTD’S
BOARD OF DIRECTORS AS
AT 30 JUNE 2025
PGG WRIGHTSON LTD’S
BOARD OF DIRECTORS AS
AT 30 JUNE 2024
PGG WRIGHTSON LTD’S
OFFICERS
AS AT 30 JUNE 2025
PGG WRIGHTSON LTD’S
OFFICERS
AS AT 30 JUNE 2024
PGG WRIGHTSON GROUP
WORKFORCE*
AS AT 30 JUNE 2025
PGG WRIGHTSON GROUP
WORKFORCE*
AS AT 30 JUNE 2024
Number of Males 3
355807825
P
ercentage of Males 60%60%71%71%52%53%
Number of F
emales 2222743737
Percentage of Females 40%40%29%29%48%47%
Number of G
ender Diverse ––––11
Not Disclosed ––––32
* Calculation methodology excludes casuals, fixed term employees and independent commission agents/independent contractors.
2.5 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.5, the Board
has a Diversity and Inclusion Policy which is available at www.
pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company > Sustainability. PGG
Wrightson recognises that a diverse and inclusive workplace
culture will result in enhanced relationships with all stakeholders,
better customer service and improved financial performance.
The Board has evaluated PGG Wrightson’s performance against
its Diversity and Inclusion Policy objectives which relate to the
working environment, employment and selection opportunities,
Board appointment recommendations, equal and fair treatment
under employment policies and a culture of diversity and
inclusion and considers that these objectives have been met.
The table above lists the numerical quantitative breakdown of
the gender composition of PGG Wrightson’s Board of Directors
and its Officers as at 30 June 2025 and comparative figures for 30
June 2024. An Officer means a person, however designated, who
is concerned or takes part in the management of PGG Wrightson
Limited’s business but excludes a person who does not report
directly to the Board or who does not report directly to a person
who reports to the Board.
2.6
In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.6, Directors
are expected to undertake appropriate training to remain current
on how best to perform their duties as a Director of a listed
company. Directors are regularly updated on relevant industry
and company issues, undertake visits to PGG Wrightson and
customer branches and operations, and receive briefings from
Executive Managers from all Business Units. Directors are able
to attend PGG Wrightson Business Unit conference sessions to
further their training.
2.7
I
n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.7, the Board
has a process to regularly assess the performance of each
Director, the Board as a whole, and Board Committees.
2.8 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.8, a majority
of the Board are Independent Directors, with four out of the five
Directors as at 30 June 2025 being independent as listed in the
2025 Annual Report. The current number and independence
status of Directors is set out on the Board of Directors section of
our website www.pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company >
Our Leadership Team. In accordance with NZX requirements, no
less than one third of the total number of Directors are required
to be Independent Directors. The Board meets this requirement.
The Board defines an Independent Director as one who:
Is not an executive of the Company; and
Has no disqualifying relationship within the meaning of the
NZX Listing Rules.
T
he statutory disclosures section in the 2025 Annual Report
lists the Company’s Directors’ independence status. The
Board reviews any determination that it makes on a Director’s
independence on becoming aware of any information
that indicates that a Director may have a relevant material
relationship. Directors are required to immediately advise of any
new or changed relationships so the Board can consider and
determine its materiality. Directors’ interests including other
relevant directorships that they hold are listed on page 117 of
the 2025 Annual Report. None of the Directors sit on any PGG
Wrightson Group companies apart from the parent company,
PGG Wrightson Limited.
2.9
In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.9, the Chair is
an Independent Director.
2.10
T
he Board’s Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations
Committee approves the Group’s remuneration policy. The
Committee also reviews and recommends to the Board for
approval the remuneration of the Chief Executive Officer and the
remuneration of the executives who report directly to the Chief
Executive Officer.
2.11
I
n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.10 the Chair
and the CEO are different people.
PRINCIPLE 3 – Board Committees
“The Board should use committees where this will enhance its effectiveness in key areas, while still retaining Board responsibility.”
The Board has delegated some of its powers to Board
Committees where it will enhance its effectiveness in key areas
while still retaining Board responsibility. As at 30 June 2025 the
Board had three standing Committees – the Audit Committee,
the Remuneration and Appointments Committee and the
Health, Safety and Environment Committee.
The Committees are made up of a minimum of three Non-
executive Director members and each Committee has a written
Board-approved charter which outlines that Committee’s
role, rights, responsibilities, membership requirements and
relationship with the Board. In compliance with NZX Code
Recommendation 2.7, the Board has a process to formally
review the performance of each Committee from time to time
in accordance with the relevant Committee’s written charter.
Proceedings of Committees are reported back to the full Board to
allow other Directors to question Committee members.
3.1
A
udit Committee
I
n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 3.1, as
explained below, the Audit Committee operates under a written
charter, membership is majority independent and comprises
solely Non-executive Directors, and the Chair of the Audit
Committee Sarah Brown is an Independent Director and is not
the Chair of the Board.
T
he Audit Committee Charter is available on PGG Wrightson’s
website at www.pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company >
Sustainability.
T
he members of the Audit Committee during the year were
Sarah Brown (Chair), Garry Moore, and U Kean Seng. The Audit
Committee has appropriate financial expertise, with two current
members having an accounting or financial background and
the other member has a good understanding of financial/
accounting principles as per 3.4 of the Audit Committee Charter.
The Audit Committee met four times during the financial year.
The main responsibilities of the Audit Committee are:
Ensuring effectiveness of the accounting and internal
control systems;
Ensuring the Board is properly and regularly informed and
updated on corporate financial matters;
Monitoring and reviewing the external and internal auditing
practices;
Recommending the appointment and removal of the
external auditor and considering a change in the lead audit
partner where the auditors continue in office for a period
exceeding five years;
Ensuring the ability and independence of the auditors to
carry out their statutory audit role is not impaired or could
reasonably be perceived to be impaired;
To interface with management, internal audit function and
external auditor and review the financial reports, as well as
advising all Directors whether they comply with appropriate
financial reporting laws and regulations;
Overseeing matters relating to the values, ethics and
financial integrity of PGG Wrightson Group; and
To report Audit Committee proceedings back to the Board.
T
he Audit Committee has the authority to appoint outside legal
or other professional advisors, if considered necessary. The Audit
Committee on occasions meets with the internal auditor and
external auditor without the management present.
3.2
I
n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 3.2, employees
only attend Committee meetings at the invitation of the
Committee as is considered appropriate.
3.3 Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee
I
n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 3.3, the
Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee
operates under a written Charter, and the majority of members
are Independent Directors as the Committee is comprised of
the full Board. In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation
4.2 the Charter is available on PGG Wrightson’s website at www.
pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company > Sustainability. The
Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee
during the financial year was chaired by Garry Moore. The
Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee
met four times during the financial year as part of a full Board
meeting. Employees only attend Committee meetings at the
invitation of the Committee as is considered appropriate.
T
he main responsibilities of the Remuneration, Appointments
and Nominations Committee are:
To undertake an annual performance appraisal of the Chief
Executive Officer and review the appraisal of direct reports
to the Chief Executive Officer;
To review compensation policy and procedures, including
employee benefits and superannuation, and recommend
to the Board remuneration changes for the Chief Executive
Officer and direct reports to the Chief Executive Officer;
To review succession planning and senior management
development plans; and
To report Committee proceedings back to the Board.
The role of the Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations
Committee as set out in its Charter includes recommending
remuneration for Directors to shareholders when
recommendations are put forward.
3.4
I
n relation to NZX Code Recommendation 3.4, the Remuneration,
Appointments and Nominations Committee also includes the
responsibilities for Board nominations.
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
113
Corporate Governance and Board Charter | Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū me te Tūtohi a te Poari haere tonu
112
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
3.5 Health, Safety and Environment Committee
In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 3.5 the Health,
Safety & Environment Committee operates under a written
Charter and the Committee is comprised of the full Board. In
compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 4.2 the Charter
is available on PGG Wrightson’s website at www.pggwrightson.
co.nz under Our Company > Sustainability. The Health, Safety &
Environment Committee during the financial year was chaired
by Dr Charlotte Severne. The Health, Safety & Environment
Committee met six times during the financial year as part of a full
Board meeting. Employees attend Committee meetings at the
invitation of the Committee as is considered appropriate.
The main responsibilities of the Health, Safety and Environment
Committee are:
To assist the Board to provide leadership and policy
in consistently discharging their responsibilities in
the governance of Health, Safety and safety related
environmental considerations at PGW.
To define the activities, processes, and supporting structures
that the Board will adopt to meet its responsibilities in
relation to health, safety and environmental matters (as they
relate to safety e.g., hazardous substances) arising out of the
activities of PGW.
The HSE Committee’s approach to managing health, safety
and safety related environmental risks is to be based on
a continuous improvement methodology to achieve
increasing maturity in our health and safety culture and
embed strong environmental management across PGW.
The management of these risks includes a preventative
management approach as well as a compliance focus to
ensure all obligations are being met.
In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 3.5, the Board
has considered but does not think it is currently necessary to
have any other Board committees as standing Board committees.
Other committees are formed as and when required.
3.6 In relation to NZX Code Recommendation 3.6, if and when
necessary, the Board will establish appropriate protocols that set
out the procedure to be followed if there is a 'control transaction’
for the issuer including the procedure for any communication
between the issuer’s board and management and the
bidder. The protocols will disclose the scope of independent
advisory reports to shareholders, the option of establishing
an independent control transaction committee, and the likely
composition and implementation of an independent control
transaction committee. The Board does not consider it necessary
to establish such protocols in advance as standing protocols but
will do so if the need arises.
PRINCIPLE 4 – Reporting and Disclosure
“The Board should demand integrity in financial and non-financial reporting, and in the timeliness and balance of corporate
disclosures.”
4.1 The Board endorses the principle that it should demand
integrity both in financial and non-financial reporting and in the
provision by management of information of sufficient content,
balance, quality and timeliness to enable the Board to effectively
discharge its disclosure duties.
I
n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 4.1, the Board
has adopted a Continuous Disclosure Policy which is available
on PGG Wrightson’s website at www.pggwrightson.co.nz under
Our Company > Sustainability. The Company will provide timely
and adequate disclosure of information on matters of material
impact to shareholders and comply with the continuous
disclosure and other listing requirements of the NZX relating to
shareholder reporting. PGG Wrightson has established and will
maintain processes for the provision of information to the Board
by management of sufficient content, quality and timeliness, as
the Board considers necessary to enable the Board to effectively
discharge its duties.
4.2
I
n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 4.2, PGG
Wrightson’s Code of Conduct, Board and Committee Charters,
Diversity and Inclusion Policy and other key governance policies
are available to view on PGG Wrightson’s website at www.
pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company > Sustainability.
4.3 Regarding NZX Code Recommendation 4.3, PGG Wrightson
considers that its financial reporting is balanced, clear and
objective. The Board receives assurances from the Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer that the Directors’
declaration provided in accordance with International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS) and NZ IFRS is founded on a sound
system of risk management and internal control, and that the
system is operating effectively in all material respects in relation
to financial reporting risks.
4.4
PGG
Wrightson considers that its non-financial reporting is
informative, contains forward-looking assessment, and aligns
with key strategies and metrics monitored by the Board.
In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 4.4, non-
financial disclosures are included in the Annual Report and
the Sustainability Report, including material environmental,
economic and social sustainability factors and practices, climate-
related disclosures, key risks, risk management and relevant
internal controls. The Company also communicates through
releases to the NZX and media, and on its website at www.
pggwrightson.co.nz under Investor Centre.
4.5
PGG
Wrightson does not make political donations as a matter of
policy.
PRINCIPLE 5 - Remuneration
“The remuneration of Directors and executives should be transparent, fair and reasonable.”
5.1 The Board is committed to the policy that remuneration of
Directors and Officers/Executives should be transparent, fair
and reasonable. The Board’s Remuneration Policy for Directors
is that Directors’ fees in aggregate must be formally approved
by shareholders. The total fee pool available for Directors is
$875,000 approved by shareholders at the 21 October 2005
Annual Meeting. There are no retirement or ‘special exertion’
benefits paid or available for Directors. In compliance with NZX
Code Recommendation 5.1, the remuneration report section
in the 2025 Annual Report lists the Company’s Directors’ actual
remuneration including any Board Committee fees paid. There
are no performance incentives for any Directors. The Board
has not elected to create a performance-based Equity Security
Compensation Plan. Further the Board supports Directors
investing in shares in the Company but this is a personal decision
for Directors.
5.2
T
he Board considers that it partially complies with NZX Code
Recommendation 5.2, being that PGG Wrightson’s policy for
remuneration of Officers outlines the relative weightings of
remuneration components and relevant performance criteria.
Directors’ remuneration does not have performance criteria
attached to it. All Executive Officer remuneration incentives align
with financial and non-financial performance measures relating
to PGG Wrightson’s objectives and are compatible with PGG
Wrightson’s risk management policies and systems.
5.3
I
n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 5.3, the
remuneration arrangements in place for the Chief Executive
Officer during the year ended 30 June 2025 including disclosure
of the base salary, short-term incentive and the performance
criteria used to determine performance-based payments, are
outlined in the remuneration report section in the 2025 Annual
Report.
PRINCIPLE 6 – Risk Management
“Directors should have a sound understanding of the material risks faced by the issuer and how to manage them. The Board should
regularly verify that the issuer has appropriate processes that identify and manage potential and material risks.”
6.1 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 6.1, PGG
Wrightson has in place a risk management policy and framework
for its business to manage existing risks and to report the
material risks facing the business and how these are being
managed.
PGG Wrightson has in place a Risk Policy and associated
framework for its business. The policy and framework allow
the business to identify and assess new risks, manage existing
risks and regularly report the material risks to the Board. It is the
responsibility of the Board to monitor the effectiveness of the
broad risk management processes in place.
Key aspects of how risks are managed, as described in the Risk
Policy, include:
A commitment to applying effective risk management for all
PGW’s business operations. This includes the integration of
risk management into PGW’s strategy, procedures, projects,
and decision making;
That risks and controls are owned, managed, and monitored
by the business unit in which they exist, and/or by a member
of the Executive Team for material and strategic risks;
Risks should be proactively identified and managed by all
PGW employees as part of their day-to-day activities. Staff
should apply the appropriate controls and monitor them
regularly, in a manner that is also aligned with PGW Values;
and
Effective and timely risk reporting, communication, and
escalation are critical to support good decision making.
Minimum reporting requirements have been defined for
Strategic and Business Unit level risks.
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
115
Corporate Governance and Board Charter | Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū me te Tūtohi a te Poari haere tonu
114
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Directors receive regular reporting on PGG Wrightson's strategic risks, which include the following areas:
TITLEGENERAL RISK DESCRIPTIONGENERAL DESCRIPTION OF RISK MANAGEMENT (HIGH LEVEL OVERVIEW ONLY,
INCLUDING EXAMPLES)
BiosecurityImpacts of a biosecurity events / incident response and
downstream events (e.g. regulatory response, customer
behaviour) and biosecurity compliance requirements.
Compliance with NAIT regulations (including OSPRI audits), internal
policies (including Quality Assurance Programs), and signing up to
the ‘Biosecurity Pledge’. Response planning includes PGG Wrightson's
Incident Management Plan, Business Continuity Plans, and a requirement
to follow MPI guidelines for any specific event.
Liability and claim eventsOperational errors and omissions that can lead to
liability claims that can potentially impact adversely on
PGG Wrightson’s performance and reputation.
Regular review of risks, input and training provided by the PGG Wrightson
Legal team, mandatory training courses, good oversight of legislative
changes, robust processes to respond when potential issues are
identified, supplier audits, quality control, and training for staff.
Portfolio offeringEnsuring that the portfolio of goods and services that
PGG Wrightson offer keeps pace with the evolving
needs of our customers and ways they want to transact
(risk of disintermediation).
Strategic planning, staying in touch with clients and understanding their
needs, exploring new opportunities, review of existing business units and
performance, investing in new technology, and a broad range of offerings
Health, Safety and WellbeingProactively addressing the Health, Safety and Wellbeing
of our staff, contractors and other stakeholders that
have contact and involvement with PGG Wrightson's
operations.
A dedicated team within PGG Wrightson's People & Safety group who
partner with all Business Units and Teams. Comprehensive governance
oversight by a management Committee and Board Committee. Systems,
tools and processes, supported by training, controls checks, Health &
Safety Reps, and ongoing improvement opportunities.
Information and cyber securityProtecting the confidentiality, integrity and availability
of our business systems, including managing
vulnerabilities, and ability to respond to cyber-events.
A dedicated team within PGG Wrightson's Technology team, who deliver
a broad range of activities including prevention, detection, training, and
incident response capabilities.
Key peopleProactively managing succession planning and key
person risks across our business and operations.
A Talent Acquisition & Management programme, backed by policies,
training, succession plans, data analytics, and SOPs within Business Units.
ESG / GRI elements included in the Annual Report.
Large scale disaster eventsPGG Wrightson’s business continuity planning and
readiness to respond to natural disasters and other
material adverse events (e.g. emergencies, crises,
business interruption and disasters).
An established Business Continuity Policy with supporting guidelines,
processes, templates, and testing. Regular reporting to the Risk &
Compliance Committee, through to the Audit Committee. Insurance
coverage of PGG Wrightson's physical assets.
Market attractiveness and customer
profitability
PGG Wrightson’s adaptability and ability to respond to
market changes (including land use change, farmland
conversion to forestry, farmer and grower profitability
and associated spend patterns).
Diversity of PGG Wrightson's offerings and geographic coverage, to
manage localised events and sector specific volatility. Management
oversight, new technologies, and monitoring customer demand and
market changes.
Regulatory complianceCompliance with current and evolving regulatory
requirements.
Policies, procedures, mandatory staff training, input from PGG Wrightson's
Legal team, Delegations of Authority, and compliance frameworks.
Oversight is provided by the Risk and Compliance Committee.
Environmental health & animal
welfare
Adapting to legislative change and ongoing
compliance together with evolving market and
community expectations on environmental matters.
Ensuring PGG Wrightson understands legislative changes and how to
comply, including responding to any specific risk areas. Management via
PGG Wrightson's Technical team, including the impact of any changes to
PGG Wrightson and our clients.
Climate changeThe impact of climate change on PGG Wrightson's
operations (including extreme weather events, fires,
water shortages and flooding events, adjusting to a low
carbon economy etc.).
A dedicated role of Sustainability Manager, supported by key staff
throughout the business. Business Continuity Plans (as noted in ‘large
scale disaster events risk’) and a Sustainability Strategy.
Social License to Operate
(including ESG)
Responding proactively to ESG reporting and market
expectations to ensure PGG Wrightson delivers and
meets the expectations of its stakeholders.
Sustainability Manager coordinating activities, including a group wide
Sustainability Committee. The Sustainability Report now includes
application of GRI Standards.
In discharging the Board’s risk management responsibilities, the
Board has:
In conjunction with the Chief Executive Officer, Audit
Committee, internal and external audit, set up and
monitored rigorous processes for risk management and
internal controls to ensure that management prudently and
efficiently manage resources, and the identification of the
nature and magnitude of the Company’s material risks. PGG
Wrightson has a comprehensive Group Risk Policy (including
Principles, Risk Management Framework, and processes) that
aligns with ISO Risk Management guidelines;
Considered the nature and extent of risks the Board is willing
to take to achieve its strategic objectives. The Company
is committed to the management of risk to achieve
sustainability of service, employment and profits, and
therefore takes on controlled amounts of risk as considered
appropriate;
In conjunction with the Chief Executive Officer and Audit
Committee, reviewed the effectiveness and integrity of
compliance and risk management systems within the
business. The Board receives and reviews regular reports that
includes policies and internal control processes, as well as
any developments in relation to key risks. Reports include
oversight of the Company’s Group risk register and highlight
the main risks to the Company’s performance and the steps
being taken to manage these; and
Established a separate management Risk and Compliance
Committee that is responsible for the oversight of business
risks, compliance and business continuity.
The Board maintains insurance coverage with reputable insurers
for relevant insurable risks and annually renews its insurance
policies in accordance with the policy approach determined by
the Board.
6.2
I
n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 6.2, PGG
Wrightson has on page 12 of the 2025 Annual Report disclosed
how it manages its health and safety risks and has reported on
our health and safety risks, performance and management.
PRINCIPLE 7 – Auditors
“The Board should ensure the quality and independence of the external audit process.”
7.1 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 7.1, the Board
has established a framework as set out below for the Company’s
relationship with its external auditors. This includes procedures:
(a)
f
or sustaining communication with the external auditors;
(b)
t
o ensure that the ability of the external auditor to carry out
their statutory audit role is not impaired, or could reasonably be
perceived to be impaired;
(c)
t
o address what, if any, services (whether by type or level)
other than their statutory audit roles may be provided by the
external auditor; and
(d)
t
o provide for the monitoring and approval by the Audit
Committee of any service provided by the external auditor other
than in their statutory audit role.
The Board subscribes to the principle that it has a key function
to ensure the quality and independence of the external audit
process. The Board operates formal and transparent procedures
for sustaining communication with PGG Wrightson’s external
and internal auditors. The Board seeks to ensure that the ability,
objectivity and independence of the external auditor to carry
out their statutory audit role is not compromised or impaired or
could reasonably be perceived to be compromised or impaired.
The external auditor are invited to attend all Audit Committee
meetings (except where auditor remuneration or performance
is discussed). This attendance, from time to time includes
invitations for private sessions between the Audit Committee
and the external auditor without management being present. In
addition, the lead audit partner of the external auditor is rotated
at least every five years.
To ensure there is no conflict with other services that may be
provided by the external auditor, the Company has adopted a
policy whereby the external auditor will not provide any other
services unless specifically approved by the Audit Committee.
The external auditor Ernst & Young was appointed on 13 April
2021 and the lead audit partner retired after four years with a new
lead audit partner appointed. Ernst & Young provided additional
non-audit work to the Group in the year ended 30 June 2025.
The remuneration paid by the Group for audit work is disclosed
on page 67 of the 2025 Annual Report. The remuneration paid by
the Group for non-audit work was $31,000. The nature and value
of the non-audit services provided by Ernst & Young is disclosed
on page 67 of the 2025 Annual Report. The external auditor
confirmed in their audit report on pages 101 to 104 of the 2025
Annual Report the nature of the non-audit services provided to
the Group.
7.2
In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 7.2, the external
auditor attends the Annual Meeting to answer questions from
shareholders in relation to the audit.
7.3
I
n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 7.3, PGG
Wrightson’s internal audit functions are disclosed here. The
internal audit function sits within the Risk and Assurance team,
which is comprised of a functional leader and supported by
a panel of co-source partners. The internal audit function is
responsible for carrying out internal audits in accordance with the
internal audit plan approved annually by the Audit Committee.
The function reviews and reports on the effectiveness of internal
control systems and processes for the Company. The Group’s
internal audit function has unfettered access to the Board.
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
117
Corporate Governance and Board Charter | Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū me te Tūtohi a te Poari haere tonu
116
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Statutory Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga ā-Ture
PRINCIPLE 8 – Shareholder Rights & Relations
“The Board should respect the rights of shareholders and foster constructive relationships with shareholders that encourage them to
engage with the issuer.”
8.1 While the Company does not have a formal shareholder
or stakeholder relations policy, the Board actively fosters
constructive relationships with its shareholders, as appropriate.
The Board is at all times cognisant of the need to protect and act
in the best interests of the Company’s shareholders.
I
n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 8.1, PGG
Wrightson’s website www.pggwrightson.co.nz has an Investor
Centre where investors and interested stakeholders can access
financial and operational information and key corporate
governance information. This contains key governance
documents and policies, contact details for investor matters,
current and past Annual Reports, notices of meetings and
other key dates in the investor schedule, the constitution,
media releases and NZX announcements, periodic financial
information, dividend histories and other information. PGG
Wrightson lists its Business Unit descriptions and key activities
on its website, and its releases contain information on business
goals and performance. The Company encourages shareholder
participation at the Annual Meeting, by providing as an item of
General Business, the conducting of a shareholder discussion,
where a reasonable opportunity is given for shareholders to
question, discuss or comment on the management of the
Company.
8.2
I
n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 8.2, PGG
Wrightson allows investors the ability to easily communicate
with it, including providing the option to receive
communications electronically. The Company has continued to
seek to improve shareholder participation, efficiency and cost
effectiveness of communication with shareholders by offering
them its e-comms programme, where shareholders can elect to
receive their security holder communications electronically.
8.3
I
n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 8.3,
shareholders have the right to vote on major decisions which
may change the nature of the Company.
8.4
I
f PGG Wrightson was seeking additional equity capital in the
future, it would consider the recommendation in NZX Code
Recommendation 8.4 to offer further equity securities to existing
equity security holders of the same class on a pro rata basis and
no less favourable terms before further equity securities are
offered to other investors.
8.5
I
n compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 8.5, the
shareholders’ Notice of Annual Meeting is posted on the
website as soon as possible and at least 20 working days prior to
meetings.
9 Annual Review
9.1 A review of this Corporate Governance Code and associated
processes and procedures is completed on an annual basis
to ensure the Company adheres to best practice governance
principles (as promulgated by the relevant authoritative bodies)
and maintains high ethical standards.
The following particulars of notices were given by Directors of the Company pursuant to section 140(2) of the Companies Act 1993
for the year 1 July 2024 to 30 June 2025
DIRECTOR INTEREST ORGANISATION
Garry Moore Chair Garry Moore Limited
Dairycool Limited
Reflex Nominees Limited
Debt Discounting (NZ) Limited
P
urecool Limited
Trustee Burnett Valley Charitable Trust
The Moore Family Trust
Sarah Brown Director Horizon Meats NZ Limited
Blue Sky Meats (NZ) Limited
Howie Johns Limited
M
orton Mains Dairy Limited
Meng Foon Chair Hokotehi Moriori Trust
T
e Pukenga Equity Experts Group
Director/Shareholder MY Gold Investments Limited
Trustee/Beneficiary MY Trust
Trustee Atawahi Charitable Trust
CEO Rawhiti Mediation Services
Partner Foon Partnership
P
resident
Gisbor
ne Chinese Society
Ex
ecutive Member
NZ Chinese S
ociety
U Kean Seng
No Disclosur
es
Dr Charlotte Severne
Chair Whenua Haumanu – Programme Governance Group, Massey University
Deputy Chair Māori Soldiers Trust
Dir
ector
T
uaropaki Power Company
TPC Holdings Limit
ed
Severne & Associates Limited
Agricultural Leaders Health & Safety Action Group Inc. (Safer Farms)
Trustee The Māori Trustee
S
everne Whanau Trust
P
ott Severne Family Trust
Panellist Te Ropu Wakahaere
Severe Weather Events Recovery Review Panel
G
overnance Board of the Coastal People Southern Skies Centre of
R
esearch Excellence, Otago University
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
119
Statutory Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga ā-Ture haere tonu
118
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Letter from the Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee Chair
As Chair of the PGG Wrightson Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee, I am pleased to present PGG
Wrightson’s Remuneration Report, covering the Financial Year Ended 30 June 2025.
The Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee is a Committee of the Board of Directors (who are all
members) governed by written charter. The charter requires members to be appointed by the Board of Directors from
amongst the Non-executive Directors of PGG Wrightson Limited. All current Directors are Non-executive Directors.
The Committee is responsible for the overview of the Company’s People and Safety strategy and the direction of PGG
Wrightson’s Remuneration Policy and Framework.
PGG Wrightson operates a mature, consistent, transparent and fairly applied Remuneration Policy and Framework which
covers all employees at PGG Wrightson, including our Chief Executive Officer and Executive Leadership Team. Our
framework is structured to ensure it aligns to our strategy, culture and values.
With support from our remuneration partner, Strategic Pay, all roles at PGG Wrightson are evaluated using Strategic Pay’s
“SP10” Job Evaluation Methodology which allocates bands or grades, which are then compared against private sector
benchmarking. This ensures our employees receive market competitive remuneration for the work they undertake, which
assists us in retaining and attracting the best talent. All PGG Wrightson employees are paid the equivalent of that year’s
Living Wage, or at least 85% of the private sector market mid-point for their role, whichever is the higher.
PGG Wrightson does not have any employees covered by collective bargaining agreements, each employee is engaged
under an “Individual Employment Agreement”.
The Remuneration, Appointment and Nominations Committee set PGG Wrightson’s Chief Executive Officer, Executive and
Senior Management Incentive Plans to include targeted financial, strategic and/or operational and safety Key Performance
Indicators (KPIs) which drive business performance and provide shareholder value – these then filter down into front line
incentive and commission plans. This ensures our framework can recognise individual, team and company performance
whilst maintaining business performance and shareholder value.
Garry Moore
Chair
Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee
Remuneration Report | Pūrongo Utu
Directors’ Shareholdings
As at 30 June 2025, the following Directors of PGG Wrightson Limited held a beneficial interest in shares in PGG Wrightson Limited:
DIRECTORREGISTERED HOLDERNUMBER OF SHARES
S BrownSarah Jane Brown & Keith William Brown11,400
G MooreGarry Mervyn Moore & Tanya Gail Moore71.622
Dr C SeverneCharlotte Marewa Severne, Joachim Helmut Pott and Richard William
Lucy as Trustees of the Pott Severne Family Trust
7,500
U Kean Seng is an associated person of substantial product holder Agria (Singapore) Pte Limited holding 33,463,399 shares.
Directors’ Share Transactions
The following Directors of PGG Wrightson Limited notified the Company of on-market share transactions between 1 July 2024 and 30 June 2025.
DIRECTORREGISTERED HOLDERDATE OF DISCLOSURENUMBER OF SHARES
G MooreGarry Mervyn Moore & Tanya Gail Moore15 August 202426,622
G MooreGarry Mervyn Moore & Tanya Gail Moore26 February 202525,000
M FoonMeng Liu Fon12 May 2025-1,000
Directors’ Independence
The Board has determined that as at 30 June 2025:
The following Directors are Independent Directors: G Moore, S Brown, M Foon, and Dr C Severne; and
The following Director is not an Independent Director by virtue of his association with a substantial product holder: U Kean Seng.
NZX Waivers
There were no NZX Waivers applying to PGG Wrightson Limited during the financial year.
Directors’ Indemnity and Insurance
In accordance with section 162 of the Companies Act 1993 and the Constitution of the Company, the Company has insured Directors and Officers
against liabilities to other parties that may arise from their positions as Directors and Officers of the Company, Subsidiaries and Associates. This
insurance does not cover liabilities arising from criminal actions and deliberate and reckless acts or omissions.
Use of Company Information by Directors
The Board has implemented a protocol governing the disclosure of Company information to its substantial product holders. In accordance with
this protocol and section 145 of the Companies Act 1993, U Kean Seng gave notice that while Directors they may disclose certain information to
Agria Corporation in order to seek, and inform the Board of, its view as to the governance and operation of the Company and in order to enable
Agria Corporation to comply with certain statutory obligations.
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
121
Remuneration Report | Pūrongo utu
120
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
FY25 Remuneration
PGG Wrightson provided a budget for salary increases in FY25 which was aligned to both the private sector market movements over the previous
12 months, future predicted movements of the market, and what remains affordable to the Company to ensure it can support shareholder value
and reflect business performance.
Chief Executive Officer Remuneration
In compliance with the NZX Code Recommendation 5.3, this section lists disclosure of the remuneration arrangements in place for PGG
Wrightson’s Chief Executive Officer Stephen Guerin. The Board of Directors’ general policy for Chief Executive remuneration is payment of a base
salary and an annual at-risk short-term incentive. The short-term incentive has a threshold EBITDA target which must be met for the scheme to
open. The target amount of the short-term incentive payment is a percentage of base salary, being 20% for the financial year, with the maximum
payable being 150% of the target amount. The short-term incentive is payable on the achievement of certain key performance criteria focused
on PGG Wrightson’s financial performance (meeting of EBITDA and Cashflow targets), delivery of strategic objectives and Safety and Wellbeing
performance for the respective financial year.
In FY25, PGG Wrightson met 105% of the threshold EBITDA target for the short-term incentive scheme, which opened at 112.5% of opportunity.
PGG Wrightson has not paid any Chief Executive Officer severance benefits (‘golden parachutes’ or ‘handshakes’) within FY25 and PGG Wrightson
has no contractual obligation to pay these under existing arrangements.
During FY25 the salary of the Chief Executive Officer was reviewed by the Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee to reflect
the movement of the private sector market specific to the Chief Executive Officer role, and the performance of the incumbent, and an increase of
7.43% was supported.
As at 30 June 2025 the total number of PGG Wrightson shares owned by the Chief Executive Officer was 3,842.
The Chief Executive Officer’s overall remuneration relating to the year ended 30 June 2025 is as follows:
YEAR FIXED REMUNERATION
TOTAL FIXED
REMUNERATIONSHORT TERM INCENTIVE (STI)
DISCRETIONARY
PAYMENT TOTA L
BASE SALARY OTHER BENEFITS* EARNED
AMOUNT EARNED AS A %
OF MAXIMUM AWARDS
(FIXED REM + STI EARNED +
DISCRETIONARY PAYMENT )
FY25 $1,117,050 $35,247 $1,152,297 $251,336 112.5%$0 $1,403,633
FY24$1,116,950$39,363$1,156,313 $00%$50,000$1,206,313
FY23 $1,014,968$ 38,825$1,053,793 $194,97499%$0 $1,248,767
*
KiwiSaver employer contribution paid during the year.
The Chief Executive Officer does not have any long-term incentives.
Environmental, Social and Governance Disclosures
PGG Wrightson’s ratio of the annual total compensation for the organisation’s highest-paid individual to the median annual total compensation for
all employees (excluding the highest-paid individual) is 16.28.
PGG Wrightson’s ratio of the percentage increase in annual total compensation for the organisation’s highest-paid individual to the median
percentage increase in annual total compensation for all employees (excluding the highest-paid individual) is -2.3.
PGG Wrightson has excluded casuals, contractors and commission agents given they are not guaranteed hours.
Full time equivalent pay rates are used for each part time employee.
The following types of compensation have been included:
Cash compensation paid during the reporting period (base salary, bonus/discretionary payments, incentive payments, other variable cash
payments, other allowances, commission where applicable to employees); and
Employer contributions to retirement schemes.
The title of the highest paid individual at PGG Wrightson is the Chief Executive Officer.
PGG Wrightson is a signatory to “Mind the Gap” and will be reporting on its Gender Pay gap again in FY25.
The robustness of PGG Wrightson’s Remuneration Framework is based on role, not individual, which shows the Company has broad pay equity on
equivalent roles at PGG Wrightson, which have been broken down below for operations (business facing) roles and business support roles.
The Gender Pay gap is presented as the difference in median hourly rate of female staff compared to male staff (meaning a +5% difference would
represent female median hourly rate below males, whereas a -5% difference would represent female median hourly earnings above males).
OPERATIONS – ROLE MIDPOINT
NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES
IDENTIFYING AS FEMALE
NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES
IDENTIFYING AS MALEGENDER PAY GAP
$60,000 - $80,000532293-1%
$80,001 - $100,00065635%
$100,001 - $150,000783402%
$150,000+9245%
Total68472026%
BUSINESS SUPPORT – ROLE MIDPOINT
NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES
IDENTIFYING AS FEMALE
NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES
IDENTIFYING AS MALEGENDER PAY GAP
$60,000 - $80,0007924-1%
$80,001 - $100,000144-7%
$100,001 - $150,00040351%
$150,000+515-4%
Total1387828%
This data shows employees identifying as female have greater representation in the lower pay band, and less representation in higher pay bands,
which contributes to PGG Wrighton’s overall Gender Pay gap of 28%, as explained by the table below.
CATEGORY
NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES
IDENTIFYING AS FEMALE
NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES
IDENTIFYING AS MALEGENDER PAY GAP
Executive2524%
Leadership1176-4%
Operations68472026%
Business Support1387828%
All Staff83587928%
A working group is continuing to develop strategies to address the lower representation of females in higher pay bands, predominantly leadership
roles.
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
123
Remuneration Report | Pūrongo utu
122
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
BANDCOUNTBANDCOUNT
$100,000 – $110,000 131
$110,001 – $120,000 88
$120,001 – $130,000 78
$130,001 – $140,000 47
$140,001 – $150,000 56
$150,001 – $160,000 38
$160,001 – $170,000 32
$170,001 – $180,000 21
$180,001 – $190,000 16
$190,001 – $200,000 25
$200,001 – $210,000 22
$210,001 – $220,000 9
$220,001 – $230,000 5
$230,001 – $240,000 5
$240,001 – $250,000 8
$250,001 – $260,000 3
$260,001 – $270,000 6
$270,001 – $280,000 6
$280,001 – $290,000 1
$290,001 – $300,000 2
$300,001 – $310,000 1
$310,001 – $320,000 3
$320,001 – $330,000 1
$330,001 – $340,000 3
$340,001 – $350,000 2
$350,001 – $360,000 2
$380,001 – $390,000 1
$390,001 – $400,000 2
$400,001 – $410,000 1
$430,001 – $440,000 1
$500,001 – $510,000 1
$510,001 – $520,000 1
$520,001 – $530,000 1
$550,001 – $560,0002
$660,001 – $670,000 1
$710,001 – $720,000 1
$740,001– $750,0001
$1,200,001 – $1,210,0001
Total 625
Remuneration Bands
This Remuneration Report contains disclosure of the employees (other than employees who are Directors) who received remuneration and any
other benefits in their capacity as employees of the Company and its subsidiaries, the value of which was or exceeded $100,000 per annum, in
brackets of $10,000, as required by the Companies Act 1993.
The schedule includes:
All monetary payments actually made during the year, including termination payments and the face value of any short-term and any at-risk long-
term incentives granted, where applicable;
The employer’s contributions to superannuation funds, retiring entitlements, health insurance schemes and other payments to terminating
employees (e.g. long service leave); and
Livestock employees who are remunerated on a commission basis and whose remuneration fluctuates materially from year to year. Livestock
remuneration includes incentives paid in the current year that were earned in respect of the prior year’s performance.
The schedule excludes:
Amounts paid post 30 June 2025 that related to services provided in the 2025 financial year;
Telephone concessions to some employees that can include free telephone line rental, national and international phone calls and online services;
Independent real estate/livestock commission agents; and
Any benefits received by employees that do not have an attributable value.
No employees appointed as a Director of a subsidiary company of PGG Wrightson Limited receives or retains any remuneration or other benefits
from PGG Wrightson Limited for acting as such.
Director Remuneration
The following persons held office as a Director during the year to 30 June 2025 and received the following remuneration (including the value
of any benefits). Fees are not paid for membership of the Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee, or for the Health, Safety &
Environment Committee (except for the Chair). The total fee pool available for Directors is $875,000 approved by shareholders at the 21 October
2005 Annual Meeting. The Directors did not receive additional fees or benefits to those fees listed in the table below and did not have any shares
issued or transferred to them as Director remuneration. The Directors’ shareholdings in PGG Wrightson Limited are disclosed under the Statutory
Disclosures section of the Annual Report. Figures are gross, rounded and exclude GST (if any):
When determining the fees for Non-executive Directors, the Board considers benchmarked data from other NZX listed companies, the
performance of the company and the time and effort required to fulfil Directors’ responsibilities.
Director remuneration outcomes
A breakdown of Board and Committee fees for the period are set out in the table below:
DIRECTOR NAMEFEE
FEE FOR AUDIT & RISK
COMMITTEE
FEE FOR HEALTH & SAFETY
COMMITTEE
TOTAL REMUMERATION
RECEIVED
G Moore $210,000$10,000 $220,000
S Brown$110,000$40,000 $150,000
M Foon$90,000 $90,000
Dr C Severne$90,000 $10,000$100,000
U Kean Seng$90,000$10,000 $100,000
Total$590,000$60,000$10,000$660,000
Annual Fee Schedule as at 30 June 2025
ANNUAL FEE
Chair$210,000
Deputy Chair$110,000
Director$90,000
Audit Committee Chair$40,000
Audit Committee Member$10,000
Health & Safety Committee Chair$10,000
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
125124
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Subsidiary Company Directors
The following persons held the office of Director of the respective subsidiaries (as defined in the Companies Act 1993) during the year or part year
as indicated on behalf of the Group. Directors appointed (A) or who resigned (R) during the year or part year are indicated. Staff appointments do
not receive Director fees or other benefits as a Director. Unless otherwise indicated, Group ownership is 100%.
LEGAL COMPANY NAMEPGG WRIGHTSON APPOINTED DIRECTORS
Ag Property Holdings LimitedJS Daly, SJ Guerin
Bidr LimitedSJ Guerin, PC Scott, RJ Shearer
Bloch & Behrens Wool (NZ) LimitedJS Daly, SJ Guerin, RJ Shearer
National Saleyards Limited (66.67%)JS Daly, PJ Newbold
NZ Agritrade LimitedJS Daly, SJ Guerin
PGG Wrightson Employee Benefits Plan Trustee LimitedCD Adam, JS Daly (Alternate Director), SJ Guerin, JA O’Neill, PR Drury
PGG Wrightson Investments LimitedJS Daly, SJ Guerin
PGG Wrightson Real Estate LimitedJS Daly, SJ Guerin
Sheffield Saleyards Co Limited (53.5%)RG Nordstrom
General Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga ArowhānuiShareholder Information | Ngā Mōhiohio Kaipupurihea
PGG Wrightson Limited is quoted on the New Zealand Stock Market of NZX Limited (code PGW).
As at 30 June 2025, PGG Wrightson Limited had 75,484,083 ordinary shares on issue.
Substantial Product Holders
At 30 June 2025, the following security holders had given notices in accordance with the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013 that they were a
substantial product holder in the Company. The number of shares shown below are as recorded in the Company’s share register.
SHAREHOLDER
NUMBER OF SHARES
AT 30 JUNE 2025DATE OF NOTICE
Elders Limited
9,409,29614 December 2022
Agria (Singapore) Pte Limited
33,463,39910 April 2019
Agria Group*
33,463,39917 December 2018
* Agria Group being Agria Group Limited, Agria Corporation, Agria Asia Investments Limited, Agria (Singapore) Pte Ltd, New Hope International and New
Hope Group Co., Ltd as listed in the substantial security product notice.
Twenty Largest Registered Shareholders
The 20 largest shareholders in PGG Wrightson as at 31 July 2025 were:
SHAREHOLDERNUMBER OF SHARES HELD
% OF SHARES HELD
(ROUNDED)
1.Agria (Singapore) Pte Limited33,463,399 44.33
2.Elders Limited9,409,29612.47
3.New Zealand Depository Nominee Limited1,639,6702.17
4.Accident Compensation Corporation 1,299,9381.72
5.HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited1,241,8331.65
6.Custodial Services Limited823,8421.09
7.JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited662,1230.87
8.FNZ Custodians Limited643,5810.85
9.Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 575,4890.76
10.GMH 38 Investments Limited500,0000.66
11.Citibank Nominees (New Zealand) Limited494,4130.65
12.H & G Limited295,0000.39
13Totara Grove Investments Limited280,0000.37
14.NZX WT Nominees Limited271,9650.36
15.Ian David McIlraith250,0000.33
16.Leveraged Equities Finance Limited229,0520.30
17.Anthony Joseph Ryan217,3220.29
18.Andrew Paul Lissaman Everist 211,5000.28
19.Robert Vincent Cottrell & Lesley Maureen Cottrell202,8980.27
20.David Grindell184,0000.24
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
|
127
126
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Shareholder Information | Ngā Mōhiohio Kaipupurihea
Analysis of Shareholdings
Distribution of ordinary shares and shareholdings at 31 July 2025 was:
RANGETOTAL HOLDERSNUMBER OF SHARES% OF SHARES
1 – 4994,912797,1431.06
500 – 9991,034697,4670.92
1,000 – 1,9991,0071,324,1711.75
2,000 – 4,9991,0463,157,9314.18
5,000 – 9,9994653,006,4033.98
10,000 – 49,9994979,164,89712.14
50,000 – 99,999463,058,8044.05
100,000 – 499,999264,432,9945.87
500,000 – 999,99952,790,1373.70
1,000,000 Over647,054,13662.34
Total9,04475,484,083100.00
Registered addresses of shareholders as at 31 July 2025 were:
ADDRESS
NUMBER OF
SHAREHOLDERS
% OF
SHAREHOLDERS
NUMBER OF
SHARES
% OF
SHARES
Singapore
80.0933,525,87344.41
New Zealand
8,79197.2031,447,68741.66
Australia
1421.5710,188,83213.50
Other
1031.14321,6910.43
Total
9,044100.00%75,484,083100.00%
Glossary | Rārangi Kupu
ACRONYM / TERMDEFINITION
$New Zealand dollar
$/headNew Zealand dollar per head
$/KGMSNew Zealand dollar per kilogram of milk solids
%Per cent
Base SalarySalary paid by to an employee, excluding any additional compensation or benefits
BoardBoard of Directors for PGG Wrightson Limited
c/kgCents per kilogram
CEOChief Executive Officer
CGUCash-generating unit
CompanyPGG Wrightson Limited
CPA Certified Public Accountant
D365Microsoft Dynamics 365
DBODefined Benefit Obligation
DirectorA director of PGG Wrightson Limited
EBITEarnings before Interest and Tax
EBITDAEarnings before Interest, Tax, Depreciation, and Amortisation
EPSEarnings Per Share
ECLExpected Credit Loss
FYFinancial Year ended or ending 30 June of the relevant year
GroupPGG Wrightson Limited, its subsidiaries and interests in associates and jointly controlled entities
HSWHealth, Safety and Wellbeing
IFRSInternational Financial Reporting Standard
KPIKey Performance Indicators
KGKilogram
MBAMaster of Business Administration
NIBD
Net Interest-Bearing Debt
N PAT
Net Profit After Tax
NPSNet Promotor Score
N TANet Tangible Assets
NZNew Zealand
NZDNew Zealand dollar
NZ GAAPNew Zealand Generally Accepted Accounting Practice
NZ IFRSNew Zealand equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards
NZXNew Zealand Stock Exchange
NZX CODENZX Corporate Governance Code 2025
NZX50GNew Zealand Stock Exchange Gross 50 Index
PGWPGG Wrightson Limited
PTEPrivate
R&DResearch and development
SEHKHong Kong Stock Exchange
SGXSingapore Stock Exchange
SZSEShenzhen Stock Exchange
TMTrademark
TRIFRTotal Recordable Injury Frequency Rate
TSRTotal Shareholder Return
128
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Corporate Directory | Whaiaronga Rangatōpū
Company number 142962 NZBN 9429040323497
Board of Directors
as at 30 June 2025
Garry Moore
Chair
Audit Committee member and
Independent Director
Sarah Brown
Deputy Chair,
Chair of Audit Committee and
Independent Director
Meng Foon
Independent Director
U Kean Seng
Director
Audit Committee member
Dr Charlotte Severne
Chair of Health, Safety and Environment
Committee and Independent Director
Wilson Liu
Independent Director (appointed 1 July 2025)
Audit Committee member (from 12 August 2025)
Managing your
shareholding online
Te whakahaere tuihono i tō pānga hea
To change your address, update your
payment instructions and to view your
investment portfolio, including transactions,
please visit:
www.investorcentre.com/nz
General enquiries can be directed to:
Computershare Investor Services Limited
Level 2, 159 Hurstmere Road
Takapuna, Auckland 0622
enquiry@computershare.co.nz
Private Bag 92119, Auckland 1142,
New Zealand
Telephone +64 9 488 8777
Facsimile +64 9 488 8787
Please assist our registrar by quoting
your CSN or shareholder number.
Executive Team
as at 30 June 2025
Stephen Guerin
Chief Executive Officer
Nick Berry
General Manager Retail & Water
Julian Daly
General Manager Corporate Affairs
Company Secretary
Sarah Mears
Acting General Manager People & Safety (to 20 August 2024)
General Manager People & Safety (from 21 August 2024)
Peter Newbold
General Manager Livestock & Real Estate
Peter Scott
Chief Financial Officer
Rachel Shearer
Acting General Manager Wool (to 20 August 2024)
General Manager Wool (from 21 August 2024)
Registered Office
PGG Wrightson Limited
1 Robin Mann Place
Christchurch Airport
Christchurch 8053
PO Box 292
Christchurch 8140
Telephone:
0800 10 22 76 (NZ only)
+64 3 372 0800 (International)
Email:
enquiries@pggwrightson.co.nz
Auditors
Ernst & Young
Level 4
93 Cambridge Terrace
PO Box 2091
Christchurch 8140
Telephone: +64 3 379 1870
130
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
For the year ended 30 June 2025
|
Mō te tau i mutu i te 30 Hune 2025
Pūrongo ā-tau
Annual Report
---
Helping grow the country
Sustainability Report
and Climate Statement
Pūrongo Toitū me te Tauākī Āhuarangi
For the year ended 30 June 2025
|
Mō te tau i mutu i te 30 Hune 2025
E
About this Report 2
Climate 8
Cover image: Beautiful grapes in the morning sun, photographed by
Carl Gundersen for the 2025 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 1
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
Contents | Ngā Kaupapa
Environment 17
Social 20
Governance 28
About this Report | Tenei Purongo ...........................................................................................2
Climate-Related Disclosures |
Ngā Whakapuakanga ā-Āhuarangi 3
Key Information |
Ngā Mōhiohio Hira 3
External Assurance |
Whakaūnga ā-Waho 3
Sustainability Reporting Standards |
Ngā Paerewa Pūrongo Toitūtanga 3
Material Topics |
Ngā Take Kōrero 3
About PGG Wrightson |
Mō PGG Wrightson 4
United Nations Sustainable Development Goals
Ngā Whāinga Whanaketanga Toitū a te Kotahitanga o Ngā Iwi o te Ao
5
Memberships and Associations |
Ngā Mematanga me ngā Hononga 6
Stakeholder Engagement |
Te Whai Wāhitanga o te Hunga Whaipānga 6
Statement from the Directors |
Tauākī a ngā Whakataka 7
Statement from the Chief Executive Officer |
Tauākī a te Tumu Whakahaere 7
Climate |
Āhuarangi ......................................................................................................................8
Governance |
Mana Whakahaere 8
Strategy |
Rautaki 9
PGW Group Strategy |
Rautaki Rōpū a PGW 13
Risk Management |
Whakahaere Mōrea 15
Metrics and Targets |
Ngā Inenga me Ngā Ūnga 16
Environment |
Taiao ..................................................................................................................17
Energy |
Pūngao 17
Water |
Wai 19
Waste |
Para 19
Social |
Pāpori ...............................................................................................................................20
Employment Statistics |
Ngā Tauanga Whiwhi Mahi 20
Education and Training |
Te Mātauranga me te Whakangungu 22
PGW Academy |
Te whare wānanga o PGW 22
Remuneration and Benefits |
Te Utu me ngā Painga 23
Gender Pay |
Utu ā-ira 23
Parental Leave |
Te Whakamatuatanga ā-Matua 24
Health, Safety and Wellbeing |
Te Hauora, te haumarutanga, me te toiora 25
Sponsorships |
Ngā Tautoko ā-Pūtea 26
Governance |
Mana Whakahaere ............................................................................................28
Policy |
Kaupapahere 29
Supply Chain |
Mekameka tuku 29
Incident Management Plan |
Te Mahere Whakahaere Takunetanga 29
Agricultural Chemicals |
Matū ahuwhenua 30
GRI Content Index |
Kaupapa Pūrongo Aowhānui 31
Glossary |
Rārangi Kupu 32
PGG Wrightson Limited
(PGW ) is pleased to present
our Sustainability Report and
Climate Statement for the year
ending 30 June 2025. This report
provides our stakeholders with
an overview of our sustainability
performance and activities,
including our climate-related
disclosures.
2025 marks the fourth consecutive year of formal sustainability reporting and the second year of mandatory disclosures
under New Zealand’s Climate-Related Disclosures (CRD) legislation.
This Report, reviewed and approved by the PGW Board, stands alongside the PGW Annual Report to provide readers a
comprehensive view of our broader business activities and progress.
This Report covers activities for the 12-months from 1 July 2024 to 30 June 2025 and information aligns with the reporting
period for PGW’s financial reporting, unless otherwise stated. This report focuses on the activities of PGW and all its
controlled entities. No restatements of information from previous reporting periods have been made in this report.
This Report is designed to reflect the interests and expectations of our stakeholders. We welcome your feedback and
encourage you to share any comments or questions about the content by contacting us at enquiries@pggwrightson.co.nz.
Your input helps us continue to improve and ensures our reporting remains relevant and valuable.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 2
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
Harvesting wheat Ashburton, photographed by
Riley McBain for the 2025 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.
About this Report
|
Tenei Purongo
Climate-Related Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga ā-Āhuarangi
PGW is a climate-reporting entity under Part 7A of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013. This climate statement relates to PGG
Wrightson Limited (Company Number 142962) and its controlled entities.
The climate-related disclosures contained in this report comply with Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards (NZ CS 1, NZ CS 2 and NZ
CS 3) issued by the External Reporting Board (XRB). NZ CS 2 provides a number of adoption provisions, which climate reporting entities
may elect to use. In preparing its climate-related disclosures, PGW has elected to use:
Adoption provision 2: Anticipated financial impacts. This adoption provision defers disclosure of the anticipated financial
impacts of climate-related risks and opportunities reasonably expected by PGW.
Adoption provision 4: Scope 3 GHG emissions. This adoption provision defers disclosure of gross emissions in metric tonnes
of carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2-e) classified as scope 3.
Adoption provision 5: Comparatives for Scope 3 GHG emissions. This adoption provision defers disclosure comparative
information for the immediately preceding two reporting periods of scope 3 GHG emissions disclosed in the current
reporting period.
Adoption Provision 8: Scope 3 GHG emissions. This adoption provision defers including scope 3 GHG emissions disclosures
in the scope of its assurance engagement.
Sustainability Reporting Standards | Ngā Paerewa Pūrongo Toitūtanga
The content of this reporting is in accordance with the NZ CS and the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Standards.
The NZ CS closely align with the International Sustainability Standards Board’s global climate-related disclosures (S1 & S2) and
the framework developed by the Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures. A reporting Index is included in the back
of this report and provides an overview of the disclosures in the NZ CS and GRI Standards.
In drafting the Sustainability Report and Climate Statement PGW applied the reporting principles from both NZ CS and the GRI
Standards:
Aotearoa New Zealand Climate StandardsGlobal Reporting Initiative
Principles – Information
Relevance
Accuracy
Verifiability
Comparability
Consistency
Timeliness
Principles – Presentation
Balance
Understandability
Completeness
Coherence
Reporting Principles
Accuracy
Balance
Clarity
Comparability
Completeness
Sustainability context
Timeliness
Verifiability
External Assurance | Whakaūnga ā-Waho
PGW’s Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions Inventory
has been externally assured. Oxygen Consulting
Limited was engaged to provide limited assurance
over the scope 1 and scope 2 components of the GHG
Inventory for FY25. A summary of the GHG emissions
for PGW are provided within this Report and readers
are advised to refer to the latest PGW GHG Disclosure
Report, containing detailed GHG information
including reporting boundaries and operational
control assessments. A full copy of Oxygen Consulting
Limited’s Independent Limited Assurance Report
for the period is available within the GHG Disclosure
Report.
Broader disclosures contained within this Sustainability
Report and Climate Statement have not been
externally assured.
Material Topics | Ngā Take Kōrero
Sustainability reporting has been informed by a materiality assessment completed in 2022 that was undertaken to prioritise which
environmental, social, and governance (ESG) topics that are most material to our stakeholders. The concept of ‘double materiality’ was
applied, which looked across both the ‘impact on’ the business as well as the ‘impact of ’ the business. These allow our audience to
understand the two-way interaction between PGW and our wider operating environment.
The following issues were identified as the most material according to both their stakeholder and business impacts:
Workplace Health & Safety
Product Traceability, Assurance & Lifecycle Management
Waste and Hazardous Materials
GHG Emissions and Decarbonisation
Partnerships and Supporting Communities
Ecological Impacts of Agri-Chemicals
Compliance with Legal & Regulatory Requirements
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 3
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
|
ABOUT THIS REPORT
Retail & Water
|
Rōpū Hokohoko me te Wai
PGW has a network of 89 retail stores across New Zealand split
between Rural Supplies and Fruitfed Supplies branded locations.
PGW offers a range of products and services across farming
and horticulture, sourcing from New Zealand and international
suppliers, as well as through PGW’s wholesale division, Agritrade.
PGW’s Water & Irrigation business operates out of four dedicated
water branches, providing a complete service for water and
irrigation from design and planning through to maintenance
and repair.
Supporting the retail network, is a team of technical experts
specialising in a range of specialised services including
agronomy, soil science, animal health, animal nutrition, crop
specialists, crop monitoring, irrigation solutions and broader
technical advice.
Agritrade is PGW’s wholesale distributor business division.
Agritrade represents rural, horticulture and water products
sourced domestically within New Zealand and from around the
world with Europe, America, Australia, China and India being the
main sources. Agritrade sells its products through PGW’s retail
stores, as well as to other retailers and distributors who then on
sell these products to farmer and grower customers.
PGW is an agent for Ballance Agri-Nutrients for the sale of
fertilisers. PGW recently acquired the Nexan Group, the brand
owner and manufacturer of a range of animal health brands.
Nexan is a leading New Zealand animal health manufacturer
which fits well within the existing Agritrade supply chain.
About PGG Wrightson | Mō PGG Wrightson
Company name: PGG Wrightson Limited
Head Office Location: 1 Robin Mann Place,
Christchurch Airport 8053, New Zealand
PGW is a publicly listed company on the New Zealand stock exchange (NZX).
PGW is a market-leading, full service agricultural and horticultural supplies and
services business operating across the supply chain throughout New Zealand. The
business is split between two operating divisions: Retail and Water and Agency. The
two areas are then split into seven main business units – covering Rural Supplies,
Fruitfed Supplies, Water & Irrigation, Agritrade in the Retail & Water group of
businesses and Livestock, Wool and Real Estate in Agency. For the purposes of this
report any reference to ‘PGW’ or the ‘PGW Group’ refer to the entire business.
PGW celebrates 20 years since the merger of Pyne Gould Guinness Ltd and
Wrightson Ltd. While PGW was formed in October 2005, we proudly carry a legacy
of more than 170 years of service to rural communities. This year PGW dived into
the archives to put a spotlight on our legacy and heritage, covering the early
beginnings, expansion and acquisitions. To read more in-depth information see
www.pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company > Our History.
Agency | Kapa Umanga
Livestock | Ngā Kararehe
PGW is the largest industry service provider, offering agency
services for the sale and purchase of livestock through auction,
private sale, on farm sales and specialist stud stock sales.
Supporting these services is a nationwide team specialising in
handling a range of livestock, offering on-farm assessments,
trade representation, strategic livestock selection through
genetics expertise and trade facilitation of wool and deer velvet.
PGW also offers a number of innovative services and products
including:
bidr® – New Zealand’s market leading virtual saleyard
offering real-time, live auctions online
agOnline – a key source of livestock listings across the
country to facilitate private sales
GO-STOCK – a livestock grazing contract alternative to
finance to assist farmers to manage cashflow
Defer-A-Bull – allowing farmers to secure a bull with no
upfront cost
SkyCount™ – utilising advanced drone technology and
sophisticated Artificial Intelligence (AI) for livestock auditing.
Wool | Wūru
PGW Wool sources wool directly from its network of grower
customers. Bloch & Behrens Wool (NZ) Ltd (BBNZ) is a PGW
subsidiary company that procures this wool and arranges for it
to be scoured and exported primarily through logistics service
providers to worldwide processors, predominantly based in
Europe. In turn, these manufacturers make products which are
sold either directly or through retail outlets to end consumers.
BBNZ provides a transparent supply chain with most products
being able to be traced back to farm. The wool is produced to
strict assurance standards and BBNZ is a member of the Global
Organic Textile Standard, Ecolabel, Responsible Wool Standard,
New ZealandFarm Assurance Programme and PGW’s own Wool
Integrity™ brand.
Real Estate | Hokohoko Whenua
PGG Wrightson Real Estate Limited is a nation-wide non-
franchised real estate company assisting customers throughout
the country and across the globe to buy and sell New Zealand
property. The PGW Real Estate Team specialise in the purchase
and sale of farms, rural properties, lifestyle blocks and provincially
located residential homes and commercial buildings. The team
is responsible for around a quarter of all New Zealand’s farm
transactions and has over 150 licensed real estate salespeople.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 4
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
|
ABOUT THIS REPORT
Cattle grazing above Akaroa Harbour,
photographed by Nikki Adams for the
2025 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.
Rural SuppliesFruitfed SuppliesWater & Irrigation
Agritrade
LivestockWoolReal Estate
Nga Tupapa o to tatou Pakihi
The foundations of our business
The most fundamental of our theories is tikanga (protocols, values,
priorities and ways of doing business). Our values and the actions behind
them set us apart from other businesses, particularly those that operate
solely to produce a profit. We focus on relationships and working in
partnership with our clients for repeat business spanning generations
rather than merely having transactional connection.
Our values can be described using the example of a whare (house):
Papatūānuku: Everything rests on
the Papatūānuku (earth).
Matauranga Māori: Māori
knowledge draws on knowledge
systems such as whakapapa
(genealogy), tikanga Māori (Māori
protocols), manaaki (hospitality and
consideration), taonga tuku iho
Māori (treasured arts and heritage).
All situations where Māori concepts,
values, themes, or perspectives are
apparent.
Rangatiratanga: Self-determination,
ownership, control.
Manaakitanga: Hospitality, generosity,
care, and giving.
Kotahitanga: Māori unity and shared
sense of belonging; working together
with passion and energy.
Kaitiakitanga: Guardianship and
protection of our natural resources.
United Nations Sustainable Development Goals | Ngā Whāinga Whanaketanga Toitū a te Kotahitanga o Ngā Iwi o te Ao
The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are a collection of 17 interlinked objectives designed to serve as a blueprint for peace and prosperity for
people and the planet.
PGW has mapped all the SDGs against the PGW Group Strategy, the sustainability-related material topics and broader business activities. PGW identified the following
SDGs as the most material to our operations, including outlining where PGW contributes to the goals, specifically at a target level. Specific SDG targets are referenced
below, which refer to explicit targets which are available in detail on the United Nations Sustainable Development website.
SDGPGW Contributions
Zero Hunger
PGW sells products and provides technical expertise that improves agricultural productivity (Target 2.3), resilience of agricultural systems
(Target 2.4) and promotes genetic diversity (Target 2.5) of agricultural and horticultural operations in New Zealand.
Good Health and
Well-being
PGW is a large employer in New Zealand, and our retail stores are often significant local employers within the rural communities where we
operate. PGW supports and promotes good health (Target 3.8) and wellbeing (Target 3.4) within communities in which we operate through
staff health and wellbeing programmes and the promotion of key sponsorships, partnerships and community groups.
Gender Equality
PGW understands that the future workforce of our business will change as the communities in which we operate change. PGW embraces a
more diverse and gender-balanced workforce, PGW is supporting this through a series of target actions to promote the full participation of
women in decision making and leadership (Target 5.5).
Decent Work and
Economic Growth
Due to the size and scale of PGW’s operations in New Zealand, the business contributes significantly to economic productivity (Target 8.2), full
employment, equal pay (Target 8.5), protection of labour rights, supports safe working environments (Target 8.8) and the removal of modern
slavery from our supply chains (Target 8.7). The contributions to decent work and economic growth are inherent in how PGW conducts its
business operations and is demonstrated regularly through annual reporting.
Industry, Innovation
and Infrastructure
PGW supports research and development within the sector (Target 9.5) conducting over 50 product trials a year. The PGW Technical Team and
representative workforce offers technical expertise to customers to improve resource efficiency and the adoption of environmentally sound
practices (Target 9.4).
Responsible
Consumption
and Production
PGW (in partnership with organisations such as AgRecovery and Plasback) aims to reduce the volumes of waste generated and improve
diversion rates of our customers (Target 12.5). PGW also encourages those in our upstream and downstream supply chains to adopt
sustainable practices and reporting (Target 12.6).
Climate Action
PGW has undertaken a comprehensive climate risk assessment to improve the resilience and adaptive capacity of the organisation to respond
to a changing climate (Target 13.1). PGW is working towards an operational GHG emissions target and reporting annually on reductions
achieved (Target 13.2) and is raising awareness through actions and reporting (Target 13.3).
Life on Land
PGW partners with A Lighter Touch and promotes the use of biological products, as well as supports research and development to reduce the
degradation of natural habitats (Target 15.5). PGW is also a retailer of pest control products and herbicides to reduce the impacts of invasive
species (Target 15.8).
Partnerships for
the Goals
PGW has strong partnerships with key suppliers and is a member of a number of agricultural and horticultural sector bodies (Target 17.16),
encouraging strong public-private partnerships (Target 17.17).
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 5
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
|
ABOUT THIS REPORT
Stakeholder Engagement | Te Whai Wāhitanga o te Hunga Whaipānga
PGW takes the following approach to stakeholder engagement:
StakeholderWhy they are importantWays we engageKey issues
Employees
PGW has over 1,800 staff and we recognise that the best outcomes
are achieved when we focus on our people. We use a range of
approaches to engage with our employees who are distributed
across New Zealand.
Emails
Intranet updates
CEO updat
es
F
ace-to-face meetings
Phone calls and messages
Team meetings
Health, safety and wellbeing
Financial Performance & Strategic Direction
Training and Development
Sustainability
Customers
As a large agricultural and horticultural supplies business, our
customers are a key part of our value chain. PGW must ensure the
goods and services provided continually meet and exceed the
needs of our customers.
Day to day interactions through the course of business
Customer perceptions research
Retail sales data
V
alue-for-money offering
R
ange of products
Technical advice and expertise
Suppliers
Supplier relationships are critical to ensure high quality products
continue to reach our stores in the quantities and timeliness as
needed by our customers.
Supplier meetings
Conferences
Category management meetings
Perform product trials and research.
Cost pressures
Sustainability in the supply chain
Shareholders
Shareholders are the owners of the company; they have invested
capital and have a high level of interest in PGW’s operations and
performance.
Annual Report
Annual Shareholders Meetings
NZX Announcements
NZX market announcements and website updates
Governance
Financial results
Reporting
Communities
We aim to make a positive and meaningful contribution to the
communities in which we operate. Our people are key members
of their rural communities, our stores provide essential supplies for
rural life and we are known as a respected employer. PGW seeks to
go beyond day-to-day business interactions and supports a range
of community organisations, sponsors rural events and initiatives. It
is critical PGW maintains the trust of these communities to ensure
we are provided a social licence to operate.
Provision of essential goods and services
M
edia releases
F
undraising, sponsorship and donations
Rural e
vents
Customer
interactions
Community relationships
Environmental health
Company involvement and contribution
Recruitment and jobs
Iwi
PGW plays an important role in ensuring ahuwhenua (industrious
cultivation of land) principles are upheld. This is through
engagement with industry stakeholders and strongly representing
Māori agribusiness through business relationships, guided by
tikanga (Māori societal lore) and the focus on building enduring
whanaungatanga (relationships) to tautoko (support) and hautū
(guide) our Māori agribusiness customers.
Dedicated Māori Agribusiness Team
M
āori agribusiness hīkoi
Sponsorship of the Ahuwhenua Trophy
R
epresent Māori agribusiness with industry stakeholders
Farming practices
Technical knowledge and skills transfer
Land management practices
Value-for-money offering
R
ange of products
Industry,
partnerships and
memberships
PGW understands the importance of supporting people and the
markets in which we operate. These provide opportunities to share
and progress ideas. PGW also provides expert knowledge, advice
and support to achieve industry objectives. Information on these
memberships can be found under ‘Memberships and Associations’.
Active participation in industry advisory panels
Co-sponsor industry conferences
Membership and associations
S
cholarships
Development of market opportunities for
products
Support to governmental bodies and
industry groups
Representation in government policy
development
Memberships and Associations | Ngā Mematanga me ngā Hononga
PGW recognises the importance of active contributions to the industries where we participate.
Industry memberships and associations are important to ensure the best interests of the
participants are represented, to encourage market growth, foster talent, collaborate, and
support technical innovations. PGW is currently a member or associated with the following
entities:
A Lighter Touch
AgRecovery
Animal & Plant Health New Zealand
Business Leaders Health and Safety
Forum
Campaign for Wool
Deer Industry of New Zealand
International Wool Textile Organisation
National Council of New Zealand Wool
Interests
New Zealand Association of Accredited
Employers
New Zealand Council of Wool Exporters
New Zealand Elk and Wapiti Society
New Zealand Farm Assurance Programme
(Wool Member)
New Zealand Institute of Directors
New Zealand Institute of Safety
Management
New Zealand Stock & Station Association
New Zealand Wool Brokers Association
Plasback
Real Estate Institute of New Zealand
Safer Farms
Wool Research Organisation of
New Zealand
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 6
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
|
ABOUT THIS REPORT
Statement from the Directors | Tauākī a ngā Whakataka
At PGW, we recognise that our role in advancing sustainability across New Zealand’s agricultural and
horticultural sectors is becoming increasingly vital. As a long-standing partner to farmers and growers,
we are committed to supporting improved production efficiency, lowering operational emissions, and
helping our customers adapt to a changing climate.
The preparation of our Sustainability Report and Climate Statement over the past year has deepened
our understanding of climate-related risks and opportunities. This year also marks a significant
milestone with the release of PGW’s Climate Transition Plan, outlining our strategic approach to
managing climate-related risks within the macroeconomic context, the influence of land use change
on our business and aligning with a lower-emissions future. The plan sets out clear actions, priorities,
and timeframes to guide our internal progress and influence change across the value chain.
We are proud to release this Report alongside our Annual Report, reflecting our commitment to
transparency and our continued progress on the sustainability journey. PGW remains focused on
delivering practical, evidence-based action while supporting the sector’s transition through strong
partnerships and informed leadership.
Garry Moore
Chair and Independent Director
16 September 2025
Sarah Brown
Deputy Chair and Independent Director
16 September 2025
Statement from the Chief Executive Officer | Tauākī a te Tumu Whakahaere
PGW is pleased to present our second standalone Sustainability Report and Climate Statement. While
this is our second time publishing a dedicated report, it marks our fourth year of formally reporting
on sustainability. This year’s Report builds on the foundations laid in our inaugural publication and
reflects on the continued progress, challenges, and learning from the past 12 months. PGW has
reaffirmed sustainability as a group strategic priority with the newly released Group Strategy for the
business in early 2025. PGW continues to embed ESG practices into our operations and decision
making processes.
As a business deeply connected to the land and to those who work it, we continue to see firsthand
the impacts of climate change – both on our customers and within our own operations. We
acknowledge that these impacts will likely intensify, and that it is essential we prepare accordingly to
remain resilient, relevant, and capable of supporting our customers through change.
This year, we are proud to release PGW’s Climate Transition Plan, setting out a clear and practical
pathway to address the climate-related risks and opportunities facing our business and the primary
sector. The plan reinforces our customer-first approach – focusing on how PGW can continue to
enable farmers and growers to succeed in a lower-emissions future. It also highlights the steps we are
taking internally to reduce our footprint and align with emerging regulatory and market expectations.
This Sustainability Report and Climate Statement, prepared in accordance with the GRI Standards,
provides an open and transparent view of our journey so far. It captures the actions we have taken,
the challenges we continue to work through, and our commitment to supporting New Zealand’s
transition toward a more sustainable and climate-resilient economy.
Stephen Guerin
Chief Executive Officer
16 September 2025
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 7
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
|
ABOUT THIS REPORT
Governance | Mana Whakahaere
The role an entity’s governance body plays in overseeing climate-related
risks and climate-related opportunities, and the role management plays in
assessing and managing those climate-related risks and opportunities.
PGW governance is set out in the PGW Constitution and
Corporate Governance and Board Charter, which comply
with the principles of the NZX Listing Rules and Corporate
Governance Code (31 January 2025).
The PGW Board of Directors is responsible for the overall
governance of the organisation, including oversight of
climate-related risks and opportunities, the implementation
of a risk management framework and ultimate accountability
for all risks. The composition of the Board is set by PGW’s
Board Charter and the Board is structured so each director
brings a range of specialist skills, backgrounds and
experience. Each director has expertise that is relevant to
PGW’s operations and aligns to our strategic goals. PGW
publishes a Board Skills Matrix each year in the Annual Report
which considers ‘sustainability’ as a key competency.
The Chief Executive Officer is the primary officer responsible
for reporting to the Board on operational matters, this can
include communication of day-to-day activities, critical
concerns, advancing the collective knowledge, skills and
experience on sustainable development, or impacts on
economy, environment and people. Recording of these
matters is contained within the minutes of the PGW Board
meetings.
Ultimately PGW’s shareholders are responsible for evaluating
the performance of the PGW Board through the director
elections at the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting (ASM)
conducted every year. Minutes of the ASM are available at
www.pggwrightson.co.nz under Investor Centre > Annual
Shareholders’ Meeting.
In overseeing climate-related risks and opportunities the
Board meets at least six times a year, providing strategic
direction to PGW. A key strategic tool assisting in responsible
climate-related governance is the PGW Strategic Risk Register,
which covers risks including:
Climate Change
Social Licence to Operate
Environmental Health and Animal Welfare.
The specific risk around climate change identifies the risks
and opportunities arising from changes to the climate,
extreme weather events, or adjusting to a low carbon
economy.
PGW defines strategic risks as those that have the potential
to have the largest impact the business performance. Risk
registers are updated at least every six months by local
subject matter experts within the business, with PGW’s
Climate-Related Risk and Opportunity Register reviewed
by the Sustainability Committee. All risks (including
climate-related risks and opportunities) are considered
when decisions are made around the development and
implementation of the PGW Group Strategy.
The Board sets, monitors and oversees the achievement
of sustainability objectives and targets (including those
associated climate-related matters). Sustainability objectives
and targets are set based on the direction outlined in the
PGW Sustainability Strategy. PGW annual reporting includes
disclosures aligned to the GRI Standards and reporting
against existing objectives and targets from the Sustainability
Strategy. Currently there are no climate related performance
metrics incorporated into remuneration reviews.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
I sea ewe, photographed by Peter Gimson
for the 2024 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.
Straight down the line, photographed by Dan Mickleson
for the 2025 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.
Climate
|
Āhuarangi
PAGE 8
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
Risk and Compliance
Committee
Responsibilities
Responsibilities
Executive Leadership
Team
Sustainability
Committee
Audit Committee
Governance Committees
Management Committees
PGG Wrightson Board
There are four groups that assist the PGW Board in managing
climate-related matters, these are identified below, alongside the
frequency of meetings.
PGW Governance GroupFrequency of Meeting
PGW Board of DirectorsOnce every two months
Audit CommitteeQuarterly
Executive Leadership TeamMonthly
Risk and Compliance CommitteeQuarterly
Sustainability CommitteeQuarterly
The Audit Committee assists the Board in discharging its oversight
responsibilities, ensuring the overall effectiveness of PGW’s internal
controls and risk management system. The Audit Committee
reviews the strategic risks (including climate-related risks) on
a regular basis and ensures that management has appropriate
processes for identifying, assessing and responding to risks in a
manner that is in accordance with the business risk appetite.
The Executive Leadership Team oversees the implementation of
the risk treatments across all business units and has responsibility
for day-to-day operations – this includes financial allocation and
Strategy | Rautaki
How climate change is currently impacting an entity and how it may do so in the
future. This includes the scenario analysis an entity has undertaken, the climate-
related risks and opportunities an entity has identified, the anticipated impacts and
financial impacts of these, and how an entity will position itself as the global and
domestic economy transitions towards a low-emissions, climate-resilient future.
Climate change is an issue of double materiality for PGW, meaning PGW both contributes to the issue, but is also impacted by the issue.
PGW has impacts on climate change, directly through the greenhouse gas emissions emitted from operations and indirectly through
actions in the value chain from suppliers through to customers. PGW is also impacted by climate change through effects currently
experienced by the business and the consequent risks and opportunities that may arise into the future.
Climate change has physical and transition risks to the business. A description of these impacts is described below.
Physical risks are risks arising as a result of chronic changes to
the climate such as rising sea levels and warming temperatures, in
addition to acute and extreme weather events such as droughts
and flooding. The most significant physical risks to the agricultural
sector are:
Inability for existing practices to maintain productivity and
output
Increased volatility in production and reduced ability to get
product to market
Increases in pests and diseases
Increased water stress and lack of water security.
Transition risks are risks arising from the process of adjusting
to a low carbon economy or adapting to the impacts of climate
change. The most significant transition risks to the agricultural
sector are:
Inability for the sector to develop a whole system approach to
build resilience for effective adaptation
Inability for the sector to keep up with the rate of global
technological change
Loss of identity and degradation of mauri (life force or
essence) for rural communities and agricultural sector
operators
Policy becomes misaligned with the needs of the sector and
how it operates
Inability to maintain public acceptance to access and/or
operate in key markets
Failure to understand and meet changing consumer
preferences in the market.
Approval of the Sustainability Strategy
and accountability for all risks
company wide.
Oversight of the implementation
of Sustainability Strategy and the
sustainability, ESG and climate-related
risk treatments.
Oversight of the effectiveness of the risk
management system.
Oversight of sustainability, ESG and
climate-related risks.
Drive implementation of the
Sustainability Strategy and provide
recommendations on sustainability,
ESG and climate-related risks.
activities that contribute to achieving the objectives and targets
outlined in the PGW Sustainability Strategy. Membership
consists of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer
and General Managers for each business unit and functional
area.
The Risk and Compliance Committee is responsible for the
review of risk registers, including identification of new and
emerging risks, future risk strategies, changes in risk profiles as
well as oversight that key risk treatments are being delivered.
The Risk and Compliance Committee receives and considers
updates to the climate-related risks from subject matter experts
within the business.
The Sustainability Committee is a cross functional
committee led by the Sustainability Manager that drives the
implementation of the PGW Sustainability Strategy across the
business, reviews the climate-related risks and opportunities
register, reviews external sustainability disclosures, as well as any
material ESG matters requiring consideration. The Sustainability
Manager is responsible for presenting recommendations
and decisions of climate-related matters to all applicable
governance structures within the business. Climate-related
matters are communicated from management to the PGW
Board on a six-monthly basis.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 9
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
|
CLIMATE
Reference: Aotearoa Circle, 2023. Agriculture Sector Climate Change Scenarios
Scenario Analysis
PGW has undertaken comprehensive climate scenario analysis based on the Agriculture Sector Climate Change Scenarios developed
by the sector and led by The Aotearoa Circle. PGW was a participant in the work to develop these scenarios, with PGW staff attending a
number of sector-based scenario workshops hosted by The Aotearoa Circle.
The three scenarios are shown below:
PGW undertook a series of qualitative internal workshops to
identify the impacts from the climate scenarios. Each workshop
involved key leadership staff across all PGW business units and
functions including: Retail and Water, Agritrade, Livestock, Wool,
Real Estate, Corporate Affairs and People and Safety.
PGW detailed the expected climate change risks and
opportunities over the short, medium and long-term using the
following timeframes:
Short-term is defined as within the next 0-20 years
Medium-term is defined as within the next 20-70 years
Long-term is defined as the next 70 plus years.
The timeframes associated with climate change risks and
opportunities are longer than the internal timeframes used when
assessing broader risks to the organisation. The reason for the
longer timeframes is to account for the timeframes typically used
in global climate modelling and climate scenarios. Timeframes
considered for strategic business planning and capital
deployment are often shorter due to the shorter-term nature
economic condition variations experienced by businesses.
Specific attention was given to the agricultural impacts
highlighted in the sector-based scenarios around dairy herd,
livestock herd, horticultural and arable land area, exotic forestry
and native forestry. The scenarios were analysed within the
context of PGW operations, existing strategic goals, key markets
and operational environments. PGW also held individual
interviews with key staff that have roles that directly impacted
by, or have influence over, PGW’s ability to build respond to a
changing climate.
PGW summarised the workshop and interview outcomes to
ensure the most material business risks and opportunities were
detailed. Climate-related risks and opportunities are considered
by the Executive Leadership Team and the Board on a regular
basis, allowing for informed decision making when capital
deployment and other funding decisions are considered. Any risk
treatments for climate-related risks are considered based on a
cost-benefit basis to bring the risk rating to a residual level that is
acceptable to the business.
Orderly
|
Tū-ā-pae
(stance in order, step in succession)
Tū-ā-pae represents a world
defined by a smooth transition
to net zero CO2 by 2050. Global
warming is limited to 1.5°C
through stringent climate policies
and innovation.
Tū-ā-pae assumes climate policies
are introduced immediately and
become gradually more stringent
as 2050 looms. Both physical
and transition risks are relatively
subdued. Achieving net zero
by 2050 reflects an ambitious
mitigation scenario.
Disorderly
|
Tū-ā-hopo
(misstep)
Tū-ā-hopo represents a world with
little policy action until after 2030
after which strong, rapid action is
implemented to limit warming to 2°C.
In Tū-ā-hopo, countries and territories
use fossil-fuel heavy policies to
recover from Covid-19, so emissions
increase, and nationally determined
contributions are not met.
It is only after 2030 that new climate
change policies are introduced, but
not all countries take equal action.
Consequently, physical and transition
risks are higher. This is a costly and
disruptive transition.
Hot house
|
Tū-ā-tapepe
(faltered step, to fall)
Tū-ā-tapape scenario describes a
world in which emissions continue
to rise unabated as no additional
climate policies are introduced.
Fossil fuel use continues to
increase, and so global CO2
emissions continue to rise and
warming is expected to reach 3°C
higher by 2080.
The physical impact of climate
change is severe. There are
irreversible changes such as
ice sheet loss and sea level rise.
Adapting to climate change has
become the priority.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 10
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
|
CLIMATE
Down the line, photographed by Jessie Philip
for the 2025 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.
Climate-Related Impacts | Ngā Pānga Hāngai Āhuarangi
PGW has experienced the following climate-related impacts in recent years:
ImpactTypeDescriptionFinancial Impact
Weather Impacts
Physical (Acute)PGW has experienced the disruption of significant weather events believed to be linked to
climate change, with a recent notable example being Cyclone Gabrielle in February 2023. The
largest impacts from the cyclone were realised by our customers in the region, who suffered
substantial losses and a recovery that is still underway in 2025 and will continue for years to come.
For PGW this resulted in the implementation of the PGW National Response Group to coordinate
the business response. PGW supported impacted staff through supporting leave guidelines, a
material quantity of bale wool was lost (largely covered by insurance) and some PGW retail stores
experienced localised flooding. As a supplier of goods to rural New Zealand, PGW was called
upon to source supplies during recovery efforts, this included fencing, water tanks and piping.
In June 2025 we have seen severe wet weather impact the Tasman, Nelson and Marlborough
Districts which led to a state of emergency being declared. Again, this has had a major impact
on our farming and horticultural customers in the region and has been described by the Nelson
Tasman Civil Defence as the worst flooding in the region for 150 years.
Nil – On balance.
It is difficult to quantify the financial impacts associated with weather events for PGW. The acute
nature of the impacts vary significantly depending on the events. In estimating the financial impact
from recent weather events, PGW’s short term revenues from a very specific region are likely to be
impaired, but this is likely to be reversed (and in some cases exceeded) through increased retail
sales during post-event recovery activities.
Land Use Change
(To Horticulture)
Physical
(Chronic) /
Transitional
PGW understands the region-specific land use change trends from agricultural activities towards
horticultural activities. Over a number of years PGW has realised a shift in revenue growth towards
the Fruitfed Supplies business unit, as horticultural activities expand, resulting in a greater
demand for associated goods and services.
Fruitfed Supplies is the horticultural service and supply division of PGW, with stores located
in New Zealand’s major horticultural regions. The store network is complemented by over 50
Technical Horticultural Representatives who work with growers across New Zealand.
Not feasible to calculate – Net positive.
PGW is likely to see a net positive financial impact as horticultural operations typically require higher
inputs on a square meter basis, compared to agricultural activities.
It is not feasible to quantify the financial impact associated with land use change to horticulture, as
there are a multiple complex interacting factors.
Land Use Change
(To Forestry)
Physical
(Chronic) /
Transitional
Land use change from agricultural activities towards forestry (farm-to-forestry conversions)
impacts all business units across PGW. Forestry conversions represent a reduction in future retail
revenues for the business as less inputs are typically required. The Livestock and Wool business
units see a reduced demand for agency services from the reduction (or removal) of animals from
the land. The PGW Real Estate teams are likely to see a decrease to transactions as land used for
forestry is held for longer periods of time aligning with rotation lengths.
Farm-to-forestry conversions are driven by enabling legislative framework, which has seen a
number of changes in recent years – causing significant variations in the scale and speed of this
change in land use.
Not feasible to calculate – Net negative.
PGW is likely to see a net negative financial impact as forestry typically requires little inputs on a
square meter basis, compared to agricultural activities.
It is not feasible to quantify the financial impact associated with land use change to forestry, as
there are a multiple complex interacting factors.
Recent Updates to the Climate-Related
Risks and Opportunities Register
In FY25 PGW reviewed its existing climate-
related impacts, making a number of changes
for clarity. The key changes were the removal
of the Emissions Trading Scheme (ETS) as a
current impact, previous disclosures focused
on PGW’s reporting obligations as a nitrogen
fertiliser importer. While still an importer,
PGW re-assessed the materiality of this risk
as no material costs were being realised. A
further decision was made to separate out the
previous ‘Land Use Change ‘ impact to specific
horticulture and forestry land use change
impacts. Splitting of land use change trends
into the two areas allows PGW to demonstrate
the impacts these specific changes are having
on its business units in more detail and be
more explicit about the growth of horticultural
activities being net positive and the growth in
forestry activities being net negative.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 11
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
|
CLIMATE
Climate-Related Risks
TopicTypeMagnitudeTime HorizonDescription
Land Use Change
(To Forestry)
Physical (Chronic) /
Transitional
ExtremeMedium-termLand-use change from agricultural and horticultural land to forestry, driven by both physical impacts (acute and chronic climate-related weather events), as well as transitional impacts (policy changes and consumer trends) are
expected to continue over the medium-term. Land-use change towards forestry presents a risk to PGW, due to the proportional business income PGW derives from agricultural and horticultural customers compared to forestry
customers.
Land use change from agricultural land to forestry has significant implications for PGW. Direct impacts are seen in the reduction in transaction volumes for livestock sales and wool, as well as a significant reduction in retail
inputs. This represents a permanent loss of business and reduction to the overall size of the market to PGW.
Market consolidation may occur in market segments impacted by land use change. As PGW is a diversified business, market consolidation may present as an opportunity for PGW to increase market share within a sector..
Supply Chain
Impacts
Physical (Acute
and Chronic)
ModerateMedium-termAs PGW derives a significant proportion of its revenue from retail operations, any changes to the supply chain can have a large impact to the overall business. New Zealand is already seen as one of the riskiest insurance markets
globally due to weather events and seismic activity. But as extreme weather events increase in frequency and intensity, it is expected there would be commensurate increases to insurance costs to cover the anticipated loss
profile.
Supply chain transport costs are expected to see increases in the medium-term as externalities are added in, such as carbon pricing on fuels (alongside fluctuations resulting from geo-political events impacting oil prices). As
well as impacts from weather events causing damage to road and ports being passed on through freight charges.
As extreme weather events increase in frequency and intensity, it is expected that these events could disrupt supply chains. Impacts have the potential to occur in supplier manufacturing facilities (including their inputs)
or transportation/logistics routes (land, sea and air). Supply chain disruptions could impact the availability of product across New Zealand. The availability of the product lead can lead to customer operational impacts and
subsequently customer profitability, their ability to spend and may impair revenue forecasts for PGW.
Any impacts (or potential impact) to the supply chain have the ability to increase input costs. Increased input costs present as a risk to PGW, as costs are likely to be passed through to the customer and may result in a reduced
sales volumes.
Staff Recruitment
and Retention
TransitionMinorMedium-termAs the impacts from climate change are being directly realised at an individual business unit level, areas experiencing reduced profitability and reduced operational activities may have flow on effects for staff motivation and
morale. It is expected that these impacts could result in short-term staff retention issues as staff may look to move industry, causing a loss of knowledge which may impact PGW’s provision of services in the short-term.
Staff recruitment may also become an issue as in-demand skills will be highly sought after, creating a highly competitive environment for talent acquisition. PGW will need to continue to differentiate its employee value
proposition to attract highly skilled staff going forward.
Market consolidation activities may occur within sectors impacted by climate change and land use change. As PGW is a diversified business, market consolidation may present as an opportunity for PGW to increase market share
within a sector – this could bring with it a rapidly changing staff profile.
Pests and Diseases
Physical (Chronic)MinorMedium-termThe prevalence of pests and diseases across New Zealand is expected to increase as climate conditions change. Changing climates may allow new and unique pests to establish suitable habitats in New Zealand. Increases to
pest and disease burden may have a detrimental impact on the economic activity across PGW’s agricultural and horticultural customer base.
As the prevalence of pests and diseases increases, so too does the potential for resistance to existing control measures. If pests or diseases become endemic, they have the potential to drastically change market dynamics,
eroding the profitability of entire sub-sectors, or causing prolonged economic impairment. If medium to long-term customer profitability were to be impaired, this will result in impairment to PGW revenue streams as customers
reduce spend.
Water Scarcity
Physical (Acute
and Chronic)
ModerateMedium-termClimate change is expected to impact rainfall patterns across New Zealand. With the following projected impacts (Ministry for the Environment 2018. Climate Change Projections for New Zealand):
Annual pattern of increases in west and south of New Zealand and decreases in north and east
More dry days throughout North Island, and in inland South Island
I ncreased extreme daily rainfalls, especially where mean rainfall increases.
This substantial variation in projected rainfall patterns is likely to stress water catchments, putting pressure on regulatory bodies to address extraction licences and resource consenting. Uncertainty on extraction licences or
resource consents may impact PGW customers and their ability to derive income from farming and growing operations, in turn impairing PGW revenue streams.
Primary Sector
Emissions
Efficiency
TransitionModerateShort-termAs climate change regulation changes, there is potential that both PGW and customers within the agricultural and horticultural sectors will likely be exposed to greater levels of regulation associated with GHGs emissions. The
key areas are likely to be the ETS and broader environmental regulation. As the regulatory environment changes this may impair PGW’s revenue, through impacts to customer cashflow and ability to spend.
Emissions efficiency and environmental performance requirements may also be led by the customer as well, setting standards within their terms of trade (such as Nestlé driving GHG through their value chain influencing
Fonterra and ultimately on-farm activities). Customer-led requirements have the potential to add cost impacts to PGW customers and may impair PGW revenue streams unless the costs are passed to the end consumer.
PGW is unable to disclose quantitative information in relation to the climate-related risks due to the complex, interconnected nature of the modelling required and the legislative reporting timeframes.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 12
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
|
CLIMATE
Climate-Related Opportunities
TopicTypeMagnitudeTime HorizonDescription
Land Use Change
(to Horticulture)
Physical
(Chronic) /
Transitional
ExtremeMedium-
term
Land-use change to horticultural production represents an opportunity
to PGW. As growing regions change across New Zealand, primarily as a
result of changes in climate, the viability of specific crops may expand
beyond traditional regions and new crops may enter the New Zealand
market.
Future changes are expected to be an extension of the already
observed changes to horticultural crops such as kiwifruit (+26%), apples
(+14%) and avocados (+33%) observed from 2017 to 2022 (Agricultural
Production Statistics 2023, Stats NZ).
PGW is well positioned to address this opportunity through the existing
Fruitfed Services business unit, utilising this existing channel to provide
product and service offerings to meet future customer demand. The
horticultural growth opportunity may also be augmented by the
changing consumer trends regarding lower chemical use, reduced
carbon footprint and supply chain provenance.
PGW will need to continue to meet it’s customer needs through the
importation and availability of appropriate products, supply chain
transparency and reduced emissions.
Market consolidation may occur in market segments impacted by land
use change. As PGW is a diversified business, market consolidation may
present as an opportunity for it to increase market share within a sector.
Pest and Disease
Control
Physical
(Chronic)
MinorMedium-
term
It is expected that the prevalence of pests and diseases across New
Zealand will increase as climate conditions change. Pest and disease
burden is likely to have a detrimental impact on the economic activity
across the PGW agricultural and horticultural customer base over the
medium-term.
As the success of PGW is closely tied to the success of its customers,
there is an aligned incentive to assist customers with the control
of emerging pests and diseases. The provision of pest and disease
control and advice will likely present an economic opportunity for
PGW through the sale of the products and services to customers. Such
opportunities could include the expansion of crop monitoring services
within Fruitfed Supplies, the importation and sale of new and unique
agri-chemical solutions and drench options (among other solutions).
Primary Sector
Emissions
Solutions
TransitionModerateShort-termAs regulatory and business pressure increases for farmers and growers
to reduce GHG emissions, the demand for services to assist with this
is likely to increase. Examples of the solutions which may result in
commercialisation in the years ahead include methane inhibiting
boluses, anti-methanogen, anti-acidosis or anti-urease vaccines, crop
substitutions, feed supplements, and in-feed or in-water treatments.
As a trusted supplier to the agricultural sector, PGW is well placed to
provide technical advice and sell the emissions reduction solutions
directly to farmers and growers.
PGW is unable to disclose quantitative information in relation to the climate-related opportunities due to the complex, interconnected nature of the modelling required
and the legislative reporting timeframes.
PGW Group Strategy | Rautaki Rōpū a PGW
PGW is a market-leading, full service agricultural and
horticultural supplies and services business operating
across the supply chain throughout New Zealand.
PGW is guided by its purpose and vision, it showcases
the reason we exist and the impact we want to have
on our customers in New Zealand.
In FY25, PGW undertook a reset of the Group Strategy
for the next three-year time horizon. The new strategy
Collective Strength, is built on our long-standing
commitment to delivering the best outcomes for New Zealand’s farmers and growers. By anchoring on the collective strength of our diverse businesses and
committing to new product and service innovations, we will add another chapter to our proud heritage. PGW’s Group Strategy drives quality growth for the
business, while continuing to deliver on the needs of our customers, differentiated offering, and strengthening our position as the market leader.
PGW’s Board owns the Group Strategy and each business unit and its leaders are responsible for driving it and are collectively responsible for its delivery. The
purpose of the PGW Group Strategy is to provide clarity and direction around common themes and areas of focus that we are collectively working towards.
The Group Strategic Priorities record our Group level areas of focus, and then these priorities are layered in more detail in the Business Units and Corporate
Functions. All priorities have specific measurable objectives, and progress is monitored over time.
Sustainability is a Group Strategic Priority for PGW, providing direction to ‘embed environmental, social, and governance practices across PGW operations and
value chains for long-term resilience and social responsibility.’
Our Vision | Tā Mātou Tūruapō
EMPOWERED FARMERS AND GROWERS
FOR GENERATIONS TO COME.
Kia ihumanea ngā kaipāmu me ngā kaitipu
mō ngā reanga e ara mai ana.
Our Purpose | Tā Mātou Kaupapa
HELPING FARMERS AND GROWERS SUCCEED
WITH EXPERT KNOWLEDGE AND CONFIDENCE.
He āwhina i ngā kaipāmu me ngā kaitipu kia angitu
mā ngā mōhiotanga mātanga me te ngākau titikaha.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 13
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
|
CLIMATE
Our Group Strategic Priorities
BUSINESS UNITS
• Rural Supplies
• Fruitfed Supplies
• Water
• Agritrade
• Livestock
• Wool
• Real Estate
BUSINESS FUNCTIONS
• Regional
• Information Technology
• People & Safety
• Marketing
• Procurement & Property
• Finance
• Corporate Aff airs
• Māori Agribusiness
Our Purpose | Tā Mātou Kaupapa
HELPING FARMERS AND GROWERS SUCCEED WITH
EXPERT KNOWLEDGE AND CONFIDENCE.
He āwhina i ngā kaipāmu me ngā kaitipu kia angitu mā
ngā mōhiotanga mātanga me te ngākau titikaha.
Our Values | Tā Mātau Uara
Our Vision | Tā Mātou Tūruapō
EMPOWERED FARMERS AND GROWERS FOR
GENERATIONS TO COME.
Kia ihumanea ngā kaipāmu me ngā kaitipu mō ngā
reanga e ara mai ana.
Harness PGW’s
collective reach,
relationships,
and systems to
strategically grow
the business and
market share.
Identify and o er
innovative solutions
that utilise science
and systems,
supporting farmers
and growers to reach
their goals.
Draw on our heritage,
reach, technical
expertise, customer
relationships, and
scale as a source
of competitive
advantage.
Develop the technical
expertise of our
people, anticipate the
requirements of our
future workforce, and
keep our team safe
and well.
Leverage Our
Collective Reach
Customer Focused
Innovation
Diff erentiated
Off ering
Invest in Our
People
SustainabilityPerformance
Measures
Embed environmental,
social and governance
practices across PGW
operations and value
chains for long-term
resilience and social
responsibility.
Monitor nancial,
safety, and customer
experience KPIs,
analysing and
interpreting data to
improve business
outcomes.
Accountability
Te Papanga
Leadership
Te Hautūtanga
Integrity
Pono
Smarter
Kia koi ake
Teamwork
Te Mahi Tahi
Sustainability Strategy | Te Rautaki mō te Toitūtanga
In May 2023, the PGW Board approved PGW’s Sustainability Strategy (Te Rautaki mō e Toitūtanga). Our
Sustainability Strategy addresses three pillars – focusing on stewardship of our environment, support of our
people and communities, and excellence in corporate citizenship. The strategy was developed with input from
across the business, addressing the sustainability issues that are the most material to our stakeholders and
business objectives.
PGW has a number of explicit key performance indicators within the Sustainability Strategy, including:
Reducing operational (scope 1 & 2) emissions by 30% by FY30 from a FY21 baseline
Annually disclose comprehensive scope 3 emissions inventory, including calculation methodologies and set
targets (expected to begin FY26)
Year-on-year reduction in Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR)
Annually report on the gender pay gap and develop strategic actions to drive improvement
Other targets include improved energy efficiency across PGW properties, improvements in vehicle fleet
efficiency, improved utilisation of recycling programmes, supply chain due diligence and transparency in
reporting.
The full version of the Sustainability Strategy is available on our website: www.pggwrightson.co.nz/sustainability
Climate Transition Plan | Mahere Whakawhiti Āhuarangi
As a listed company on the NZX, PGW operates under New Zealand’s climate-related disclosures legislation and
recognises its responsibility to mitigate climate impacts and adapt its business model. PGW intends to position
itself to ensure it can realise the opportunities from the expected climate transition in the domestic economy, but
also to ensure that it is both physically and financially resilient to the changes.
In FY25, PGW released its Climate Transition Plan (CTP) which outlines a strategic pathway to a low-emissions
future while maintaining business resilience within the changing rural landscape. The CTP outlines the context
in which PGW operates, including climate projections for New Zealand, macroeconomic factors, regulatory
influences and land use change trends.
The CTP restates PGW’s commitment to reducing operational emissions by 30% by FY30, from a FY21 baseline.
The CTP outlines the pathway to achieve this through vehicle fleet efficiency measures (including electric and
hybrid vehicles), implementing energy efficiency measures across our property portfolio, and continuing to source
renewable energy.
The CTP also places emphasis on innovation, acknowledging that the sector is shifting and the products and
services that PGW sells will continue to change – particularly noting livestock methane reduction solutions, digital
transformation and product and supply chain evolution. PGW has always worked with suppliers to bring new
products and services to market, then works in partnership with customers to deliver these solutions onto farm
and orchard.
The Sustainability Strategy, the CTP and PGW’s climate-related risks and opportunities register inform future capital
deployment and funding decision making processes. Business cases from across PGW Group must outline the
sustainability impacts on business operations. Specifically, how a project will contribute towards achieving PGW’s
sustainability objectives and targets and how it helps transition PGW to contribute to a low carbon economy.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 14
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
|
CLIMATE
Them Green Hills, photographed by Janine McIvor
for the 2025 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.
Risk Management | Whakahaere Mōrea
How an entity’s climate-related risks are identified, assessed, and managed and how
those processes are integrated into existing risk management processes.
PGW is committed to managing risk and fostering an environment
where staff take responsibility for managing risks. PGW applies
effective risk management into all aspects of business operations.
This includes the integration of risk management into PGW’s strategy,
procedures, projects, and decision making.
PGW takes a pragmatic approach to risk management, ensuring the
business response is in proportion to the size, nature, and complexity
of the risk. Risk management does not mean that all risks must be
eliminated but it helps PGW understand the level of risk embedded
in activities, the controls that are in place and the level of risk PGW is
willing to accept.
Risk management is the responsibility of every PGW employee,
as it impacts processes and decision-making at every level. The
PGW Board approves PGW’s risk management policy, including
risk acceptance, reporting systems and assurance. The Board also
understands the most significant risks to PGW and determines if they
are being managed appropriately. The Audit Committee (on behalf of
the Board) ensures management has appropriate processes in place
for managing risk.
Risks are proactively identified and managed by every PGW employee
as part of their day-to-day activities. Staff apply the appropriate
controls and monitor them regularly, in a manner that aligns with
PGW’s values. The Audit Committee re-assesses the Group’s risk profile
every six months, and the individual business unit risk registers are
reviewed within each business unit annually.
PGW risk assessment utilises the following risk matrix across impact and likelihood:
InsignificantMinorModerateMajorExtreme
Almost Certain
MediumHighHighVery HighVery High
Likely
MediumMediumHighVery HighVery High
Possible
LowMediumHighHighVery High
Unlikely
LowLowMediumHighHigh
Very Unlikely
LowLowMediumMediumHigh
RatingProbabilityDescription
Almost Certain
>90%Virtually guaranteed to occur
Likely
>70%Will probably occur or has been a common occurrence
Possible
>40%Could occur at some stage or there is some history of occurrence
Unlikely
>10%Could occur and little history of occurring in the past
Very Unlikely
<10%May occur only in exceptional circumstances
The impacts of risks are assessed across a range of types, including management effort, financial, people, reputational, legislative,
infrastructure, project delivery, customers and environmental.
For the purposes of assessing risk, PGW defines risk management time
horizons as follows:
Short-term is defined as occurring in the next 1-2 years.
Medium-term is defined as occurring in 3-5 years.
Long-term is defined as occurring in 5 years or more into
the future.
PGW applies the same processes for identifying, assessing, managing
and prioritising climate-related risks as all strategic risks. All parts of
the PGW value chain are included as part of the risk management
process.
PGW applies the eight core principles of the risk management
International Standard (ISO 31000:2018 Risk Management) and uses
these to underpin the risk management approach through value
creation and protection. The following diagram outlines the risk
management process from the ISO Standards:
The risk management process is broken into the following phases:
identification, likelihood, severity, treatments and acceptance.
Through this process a risk matrix is used to assess the risk, utilising
the likelihood and severity – both before and after risk treatments.
The level of authority to accept the risk is based on the risk level both
before and after the risk treatment.
Group level risks are documented in an internal risk register and
specific climate-related risks are identified alongside the strategic risks
for the business. It is acknowledged that the climate-related risks are
often cross-cutting and may compound the impacts of other risks.
The specific climate-related risks from the PGW Group Risk Register
are listed below:
RiskDescription
Climate Change
The risks and opportunities arising from changes to the climate, extreme weather events, or adjusting
to a low carbon economy.
Social Licence to Operate
If our policies, operational practices or reporting do not meet key stakeholder expectations, this could
result in a damage to the PGW brand or the loss of the social licence to operate.
Environmental Health and
Animal Welfare
The ability to respond to changes in legislation, ongoing compliance, and community expectations on
environmental and animal welfare matters.
Risk Assessment
ISO 31000 Risk Management Process
Scope, Context, Criteria
Risk Treatment
Risk Identification
Risk Analysis
Risk Evaluation
MONITORING & REVIEW
RECORDING & REPORTING
COMMUNICATION & CONSULTATION
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 15
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
|
CLIMATE
Metrics and Targets | Ngā Inenga me Ngā Ūnga
How an entity measures and manages its climate-related risks and opportunities.
Metrics and targets also provide a basis upon which primary users can compare
entities within a sector or industry.
Greenhouse Gas Emissions | Tukunga Haurehu Kati Mahana
PGW undertakes a comprehensive process to develop the greenhouse gas inventory which is detailed in the PGW GHG Disclosure Report,
including operational control assessments and calculation methodologies – available at pggwrightson.co.nz/sustainability
FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25
CategoryBusiness Activity
tCO2-etCO2-etCO2-etCO2-etCO2-e
Scope 1 – Direct Emissions
Stationary Combustion
Diesel used for heating 3629213531
Natural gas used for heating997910
Mobile Combustion
Diesel used in fleet vehicles6,9846,4876,6046,4775,945
Petrol used in fleet vehicles70667281140
LPG used in forklifts13113712510295
Fugitive Emissions
HFCs used in AC and refrigeration2122122127937
Scope 2 – Indirect Emissions
Imported Energy
Electricity Consumption (location based)623564372377500
Electricity Consumption (market based)62356420400
Total Direct and Indirect Emissions (location based)8,0657,5037,4137,1616,756
Total Direct and Indirect Emissions (market based)8,0657,5037,2456,7846,257
Change in total Emissions from FY21 (market based)--7.0%-10.2%-15.9%-22.4%
Emissions Intensity (tCO2-e/$1M NZD Revenue)9.507.877.427.416.41
PGW’s GHG inventory has been prepared following the GHG
Protocol and utilises operational control assessments as the primary
consolidation approach. Emissions factors and global warming
potentials are sourced from the most up to date Emissions Factors
Workbook published by the Ministry for the Environment, any
other sources referenced are included in the PGW GHG Disclosure
Report. The only exclusion for scope 1 & 2 emissions reporting is the
use of firewood for heating in properties, the exclusion is due data
availability and the application of the de minimis principle.
Oxygen Consulting Limited issued an unqualified limited assurance
opinion over the GHG emissions inventories for the year ended
30 June 2025, the full statement can be found in the PGW GHG
Disclosure Report 2025.
Emissions Reduction Target
PGW recognises the need to address our environmental impact
and has committed to reduce our operational (scope 1 & 2) GHG
emissions profile by 30% by FY30, based on a FY21 baseline.
Interim tracking of this target is based on a linear trajectory. The
target applies to PGW’s scope 1 & 2 emissions and is an absolute
target.
In FY25, PGW recorded a 22.4% reduction in GHG emissions.
Emissions reductions have primarily been realised through a
reduction in diesel use in vehicles as our vehicles were driven less
than in the baseline year, the increasing efficiency of the fleet
and the move to hybrid-petrol vehicles. It should be noted that
total kilometres driven may vary from year-to-year and total fuel
consumption may fluctuate as a result of business activity.
PGW has continued with its commitment to purchase Meridian
Energy’s Certified Renewable Energy, procuring one-to-one
matched renewable energy certificates through the New Zealand
Energy Certificate System (NZECS) run by BraveTrace. PGW continues
to support renewable energy production, and this purchase of the
Certified Renewable Energy product allows PGW to report its scope
2 market-based emissions as zero. PGW began purchasing this
product in April 2023.
When evaluating performance against the emissions reduction
target, PGW uses a market-based approach exclusively for electricity
consumption and does not incorporate any other forms of
emissions offsetting in its target assessment.
PGW’s emission target was developed internally, but is not science-
aligned with limiting global warming to 1.5 ⁰C. PGW has not pursued
a science-aligned target due to transport fuel making up the
majority of the GHG profile. To reduce the volume of transport fuel
used, PGW would need to either drive fewer kilometres or transition
a significant number of vehicles to electric alternatives. PGW is
effectively a technology-taker and is reliant on the availability of fit-
for-purpose utility vehicles in New Zealand, as well as the availability
of fast charging infrastructure across rural locations. PGW continues
to closely monitor the New Zealand vehicle market and is in regular
communication with vehicle manufacturers as new vehicles are
introduced.
A detailed outline of the changes within PGW’s vehicle fleet is
outlined under the Environment section of this report.
Asset Risk and Business Exposure
PGW operates a range of activities out of multiple locations
across New Zealand. An assessment of these locations and their
susceptibility to sea level rise suggests that 3.4% of all locations sit at
height of 5 meters above sea level or below.
A 5-meter threshold was chosen as is likely to be impacted by tidal
events and localised flooding if the Representative Concentration
Pathway 8.5 scenario 2100 expectations are realised. Using a
5-meter threshold provides a method to undertake an assessment,
it is important to note that the impact of sea-level rise is not solely
dependent on the height of the land above sea level – other factors
such as the slope of the land, the presence of natural barriers, and
the intensity of storms can also influence a locations vulnerability to
sea-level rise.
The majority of PGW property is leased on terms which are
significantly shorter than the timeframes associated with sea level
rise under all of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
emissions scenarios. Though it is noted that sea level rise is not the
primary driver for why PGW leases its properties.
While PGW physical locations may have a low-risk exposure to
sea level rise, business activities and supply chains have greater
exposure – this is due to business relationships with exposed public
and private assets such as roads and ports. Sea level rise and storm
events impacting key transportation infrastructure could disrupt
supply chains and subsequently impact PGW operations.
PGW does not currently set an internal carbon price within business
operations and management remuneration is not currently linked to
sustainability targets or climate-related risks and opportunities.
10,000
8,000
6,000
4,000
2,000
0
FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25 FY30
Baseline
Target
Diesel (Transport)
P
etrol (Transport)
E
lectricity
O
ther
Greenhouse Gas Emissions (tCO2-e)
Operational (Scope 1 & 2) Emissions Profile
-7.0%
-10.2%
-15.9%
-22.4%
-30%
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 16
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
|
CLIMATE
Energy | Pūngao
Energy efficiency is a priority for PGW, with the commitment to improve the energy
efficiency across all premises by 20% by FY30 from the FY21 baseline.
FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25
CategoryBusiness Activity
tCO2-etCO2-etCO2-etCO2-etCO2-e
Scope 1 (Direct Emissions) Energy Sources
Stationary Combustion
Diesel used for heating (litres)13,25910,7507,79713,21611,458
Natural gas used for heating (MJ)166,144159,152132,005175,424175,630
Mobile Combustion
Diesel used in fleet vehicles (litres)2,577,2802,393,6852,436,8332,416,9212,217,632
Petrol used in fleet vehicles (litres)28,49726,95829,11633,67757,696
LPG used in forklifts (litres)80,79584,29577,31063,23758,523
Fugitive Emissions
HFCs used in AC and refrigeration (kg)1201201204819
Scope 2 (Indirect Emissions) Energy Sources
Imported Energy
Electricity consumption (kWh)5,191,7814,901,2095,017,3085,165,0674,940,950
Renewable energy certificates (MWh)001,2965,1654,941
GHG emissions from the building portfolio come primarily from the consumption of electricity. PGW also consumes fuel for use in heating
applications, but this is reducing as the business strategically targets the electrification of key assets. PGW is the tenant in the majority of
premises where we operate, meaning energy efficiency improvements are typically a joint commitment between PGW and the landlord.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Lake Heron Station Winter Muster, photographed by
Anna Munro for the 2025 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.
Environment
|
Taiao
PAGE 17
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
In the past year there has been a further nine
PGW stores that have been upgraded with LED
lighting, these have been delivered through a
mixture of energy efficiency funding, capital
upgrades, relocations to new leases or new
building construction (where LED lighting is
part of our fitout specifications). PGW has just
passed three quarters of all our premises using
LED lighting, with cumulative energy savings
reaching almost 4.5M kWh since 2017.
Invercargill Retail Store Development
PGW recently relocated our rural supplies store, regional office and real estate office into our existing PGW wool store at Fox
Street, Invercargill. The new development brings all three businesses under one roof, enhancing collaboration, streamlining our
operations, and improving customer service.
The new development also provided a fantastic opportunity to improve the sustainability of our operations. Moving PGW
completely away from the use of diesel for heating at the old premise, to more efficient electric heat pumps in the new facility.
The store was fitted with LED lighting throughout and existing LPG forklifts were replaced with new electric equivalents. All of
these changes will contribute to reductions in GHG emissions for PGW operations.
Fleet Vehicles | Ngā Waka o te Kāhui
PGW operates a fleet of approximately 700
vehicles, with 650 of these being passenger
vehicles. These vehicles are PGW’s largest
source of GHG emissions and is therefore
the largest target for emissions reduction
initiatives. To meaningfully reduce these
emissions, PGW would need to either
significantly cut back on driving distances,
or switch a large portion of our vehicle to
electric or hybrid alternatives.
Reducing driving distances could have
significant implications for our customer
relationships. Less time spent traveling to
visit customers means less face-to-face
interaction, which could weaken the
personal connections that are vital to our
business. For rural customers in particular,
who may already see their representative
infrequently due to geographic distances,
further reducing visits could leave them
feeling underserved. These customers often
rely on regular in-person meetings not just
for business transactions, but for technical
advice, problem-solving, and the trusted
relationships that have been built over years.
In FY25, PGW continued with the roll out
of hybrid electric vehicles into the PGW
fleet, replacing over 40 existing diesel
vehicles. An additional decision was made
to phase out the large-sized SUV vehicle, as
the mid-sized SUV option was increasingly
meeting the needs of this vehicle class – this
decision further contributes to improving
the PGW emissions profile in increasing the
proportion of lighter, more efficient vehicles
in the fleet.
As fleet vehicles are turned over at the end
of their lease there will be an increasing
number of vehicles in the PGW fleet
utilising hybrid electric vehicle technology,
improving operational efficiency and
reducing fuel use. This will lead to a
reduction in GHG emissions per kilometre
travelled, which will be realised over the
coming years.
PGW faces several challenges in making
transition to electric vehicles. As a company
that needs reliable vehicles to serve our
customers, we depend on vehicles available
in the New Zealand market. Currently, there
is a limited selection of full electric utility
vehicles that can meet the range of on-farm
applications, and the charging infrastructure
across rural New Zealand is still being
developed.
New Zealand has seen the recent
introduction of several popular plug-in
hybrid (PHEV ) utility vehicles that are
experiencing strong adoption within rural
communities. These vehicles combine
traditional internal combustion engines with
electric motors and rechargeable battery
systems that can be plugged in to charge
from external power sources. The battery
capacity in plug-in hybrid vehicles can
provide significant advantages for day-to-
day operations.
While PHEVs may present as a viable option
for PGW, we have made a decision not to
pursue PHEVs at this stage – primarily they
deliver only partial emissions reductions
compared to fully electric vehicles. Realising
these benefits across a fleet requires
substantial operational changes; requiring
the roll out of home charging solutions,
electricity cost reimbursement, and the
management of both fast-charging network
accounts and traditional fuel cards. Most
critically, PHEVs require a fundamental shift
in individual behaviour, to maximise the
benefit employees must regularly charge
vehicles, plan routes to incorporate charging
stops, and change daily routines around
vehicle management.
Given these complexities, PGW will continue
to assess the market for fit-for-purpose
battery electric vehicle utility vehicles, as
these would allow PGW to make a more
impactful fleet transition. PGW will continue
to request electric vehicle options from
the market in future manufacturers’ tender
processes. At the end of FY25, PGW has
two electric pool vehicles available to staff
with dedicated on-site charging at the
Christchurch Head Office.
PGW will be rolling out its first fully electric
fleet vehicles in FY26 and expects to have
more detail available at the half-year report.
0 0.5M 1.0M 1.5M 2.0M 2.5M 3.0M 3.5M 4.0M 4.5M
Cumulative LED Lighting Savings to Date (kWh)
FY25
FY24
FY23
FY22
FY21
FY20
FY19
FY18
FY17
Cumulative Electricity Savings (kWh)
Doing Wright for Waterways
‘Doing Wright for Waterways’ is a collaboration
between PGW and Nufarm, where for every
$3,000 spent on Nufarm products, clients
received 75 mānuka seedlings. Mānuka trees
are an important species to improve water
filtration, reduce erosion, and significantly reduce
pathogens and nitrates leaching into waterways.
Over the past two years, the ‘Doing Wright for
Waterways’ programme has now seen 180,000
manuka trees planted on-farm or donated to rural
communities throughout the country.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 18
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
|
ENVIRONMENTAL
New perforated cardboard
machine at the Agritrade
Distribution Centre in Hamilton.
Water | Wai
Climate projections from the Ministry for Environment suggest
significant changes to annual rainfall patterns across the New
Zealand by the end of the century, with the intensity of the
changes varying depending on the emissions scenario used for
climate modelling. Overall these projections indicate increased
rainfall on the west and the south of the South Island, with lower
rainfall expected on the north-east of the South Island and the
entire North Island.
Additionally, the frequency of heavy rainfall events is expected to
increase across the entire country, causing great risks to people
and property from flooding. Both projections suggest that
water scarcity and flood management will become increasingly
significant concerns across New Zealand, particularly affecting
primary industry sectors.
PGW customers rely on water to operate, whether through
natural rainfall patterns or irrigation systems to sustain their
farming and growing operations. To support this, PGW operates
a full-service irrigation package to farms and horticulturalists
nationwide.
PGW Water offers irrigation and pumping system design,
planning, maintenance and repair – working with customers
across New Zealand to design systems that maximise water
efficiency into farming and growing applications.
PGW Water promotes the installation of Valley variable rate
irrigation systems, utilising global positioning systems and
guidance innovation to allow farmers and growers to have full
control over water use, ensuring water is applied where it is
needed, at the rate that is needed. All PGW Water system designs
are completed by certified irrigation designers holding both New
Zealand and Australian design qualifications.
Due to the nature of PGW’s operational activities (Retail &
Water and Agency operations), water is not considered to be a
material resource for PGW. Most PGW sites are supplied by local
government water infrastructure and consumption volumes are
typically not metered. PGW is not able to report on total water
consumption, but the estimated volume is considered to be
immaterial. The primary use of water within PGW operations is
expected to be taps and toilets across our property portfolio.
Waste | Para
PGW is committed to managing waste as a resource by applying the
principles of the waste hierarchy and supporting our partners across
the value chain to do the same. As a major supplier to the agricultural
and horticultural sectors, PGW’s most significant waste impacts occur
downstream. To address this, we require suppliers to ensure packaging
supports waste minimisation through product stewardship programmes –
assisting our customers to improve waste diversion rates where practical.
Operational Waste
The PGW waste profile consists of operational waste generated primarily
across our network of stores. Data is obtained from a third-party contractor
who collects waste from our premises throughout the year. In FY25
our total waste generated was 480 tonnes, with 135 tonnes recycled,
representing a 28% recycling rate. There are significant limitations to this
disclosure, that the data does not include all waste generated, as some sites
are served by local councils that do not provide customer-specific volume
reporting. PGW aims to improve the data estimation methodologies used
to give a more complete picture of the business waste profile.
Product Stewardship
PGW is a long-standing partner of Agrecovery, New Zealand’s rural
recycling programme, actively promoting the diversion of on-farm plastics
from landfill. Agrecovery provides recycling solutions for a range of farm
plastics, including agrichemical containers (up to 60 litres), large drums,
intermediate bulk containers, low-density polyethylene bags and pallet
wrap, and woven polypropylene bags.
PGW encourages supplier participation in accredited product stewardship
schemes and leads by example, voluntarily participating as a brand
owner. PGW, Fruitfed Supplies, Valagro, Nexan and Agritrade brands are all
participants in the programme, ensuring that containers and bags can be
responsibly managed at end-of-life.
PGW provides 15 store locations for the recycling of participating
containers (up to 60L) and 52 locations for the recycling of small bags (low
density polyethylene and woven poly propylene). To find out the specific
drop off locations please visit the Agrecovery webpage.
PGW also supports Plasback to recycle a range of specific plastics
such as bale wrap, silage pit covers, large polypropylene bags, high
density polyethylene drums, vineyard nets and polypropylene twine.
PGW promotes the scheme to customers in-store and through digital
communications channels.
PGW participated in the Ministry for the Environment’s 2025 consultation
on proposed product stewardship regulations under the Waste
Minimisation Act 2008. As one of New Zealand’s largest rural retailers, PGW
supported the development and expansion of a regulated, nationwide
scheme to manage farm plastics responsibly. Our submission endorsed
the proposal in full. PGW supports a unified, free-to-use, take-back service
that expands existing voluntary programmes into a single, more accessible
system.
IT Hardware
PGW continues its commitment to environmental responsibility
through a robust IT hardware recycling programme. As part of our asset
lifecycle strategy, PGW computers are typically retired and recycled after
approximately four years of service, while other IT equipment is replaced
as needed. This approach ensures that hardware is reused or responsibly
recycled through secure, auditable processes that meet recognised
industry standards.
The recycling initiative is designed not only to reduce electronic waste but
also to maximise the reuse of viable components, supporting a circular
economy and minimising our environmental footprint. Security remains a
key consideration throughout the process, with data protection measures
embedded into every stage of hardware retirement.
Agritrade Distribution Centres:
Turning Waste into Value
In a bold step toward reducing waste and plastic use,
Agritrade Distribution Centres have introduced two
new cardboard shredders. These machines transform
used cardboard boxes (typically from imported
product) into sustainable packaging filler – eliminating
the need for plastic packaging as box filler altogether.
Each machine can perforate cardboard up to 400mm
wide, and larger pieces can be processed with a simple
second pass. The shredded cardboard can even be
used by retail stores, extending the sustainability
benefits through the supply chain.
By reusing cardboard on-site, Agritrade is cutting down
on plastic used and cardboard waste, while also saving
on recycling costs.
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
30%
25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%
FY23 FY24 FY25
Total Waste to Landfill (t) Total Waste to Recycled (t) % Diverted
PGW Waste Profile
27.6%
28.9%
28.1%
141
135135
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 19
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
|
ENVIRONMENTAL
At PGW, we believe our people are our greatest asset and the key to our success in a
competitive market. We are committed to fostering a safe, inclusive, and supportive
workplace where individuals are empowered to perform at their best and thrive. Central
to this commitment is a strong health, safety, and wellbeing culture – one that actively
engages our teams, builds capability, and promotes both physical and mental wellbeing
across the organisation.
We have refreshed our People and Safety strategy to prioritise Future Workforce needs, aimed at attracting and retaining talent against a
backdrop of evolving markets and societies. To deliver our strategy, PGW has initiated employee workgroups that foster collaboration between
business units and provide our people with the platform and voice to make meaningful change. Data led insights have guided us to empower
these groups to improve Diversity, Equity and Inclusion, Digital Capability (AI integration), Flexible Work and Management of Psychosocial Safety.
Employment Statistics | Ngā Tauanga Whiwhi Mahi
All PGW employees are located in New Zealand. PGW does not currently have any employees covered by collective bargaining agreements,
with all our employees engaged under individual employment agreements.
The following tables provide a breakdown of PGW workers as at 30 June 2025:
Total number of
employees by
employment contract
(permanent and
temporary), by gender
GenderPermanentTemporaryNon-guaranteed Hours Total
Female7024192835
Male7921572879
Gender Diverse1001
Not Disclosed
3003
T
otal1,498561641,718
Total number of
employees by
employment type
(full-time and part-
time), by gender
GenderFull-time*Part-timeNon-guaranteed Hours Total
Female54819592835
Male7218672879
Gender Diverse1001
Not Disclosed3003
Total1,2732811641,718
* Full-time is classified as 40 hours or above, part-time is classified as less than 40 hours.
In addition to those above, PGW also engages 161 commission agents, and three specialist consultants contracted for services, bringing the
total staff headcount to 1,882.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Central Otago apricots, photographed by Jack Gilchrist
for the 2025 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.
PAGE 20
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
Social
|
Pāpori
Female Employees by Contract Type
Male Employees by Category Type
Female Employees by Employment CategoryMale Employees by Employment Category
Female Employees by Contract Type
Permanent,
702, 84.1%
Temporary,
41, 4.9%
Non-Guaranteed
Hours,
92, 11.0%
Female Employees by Contract Type
Male Employees by Category Type
Female Employees by Employment CategoryMale Employees by Employment Category
Male Employees by Category Type
Temporary,
15, 1.7%
Non-Guaranteed
Hours,
72, 8.2%
Permanent,
792, 90.1%
Female Employees by Contract Type
Male Employees by Category Type
Female Employees by Employment CategoryMale Employees by Employment Category
Female Employees by Employment Category
Part-time,
195, 23.4%
Non-Guaranteed
Hours,
92, 11.0%
Full-time,
548, 65.6%
Female Employees by Contract Type
Male Employees by Category Type
Female Employees by Employment CategoryMale Employees by Employment Category
Male Employees by Employment Category
Part-time,
86, 9.8%
Non-Guaranteed
Hours ,
72, 8.2%
Full-time,
721, 82.0%
New employee hires
by age and gender
AgeNumber
Under 30159
30-50 years old133
Over 50 years old101
Gender
Female236
Male155
Gender Diverse0
Not Disclosed2
Total393
Employee turnover
by age and gender
Age Number
Under 30129
30-50 years old134
Over 50 years old97
Gender
Female208
Male152
Gender Diverse0
Not Disclosed0
Total360
All (100%) of PGW’s permanent employees engaged prior to
April of the financial year have the opportunity to complete
an annual performance review which includes career
development factors. This performance review is part of
PGW’s remuneration review process, where the performance
rating is one of the factors in the annual remuneration review.
PGW offers outplacement support to some employees as
appropriate, who are exiting PGW for reasons of redundancy
and retirement.
180
120
60
0
159
133
129
134
101
97
Under 30 30-50 years old Over 50 years old
New Hires and Turnover by Age 2025
Number of Employees
PGW offers employment on a part-time basis where we can meet the operational requirements of the business whilst
providing our employees with flexibility, where possible. PGW offers employment on a temporary basis for the delivery
of clearly defined, fixed pieces of work (which could include peak periods) or to provide cover for roles during periods
of short-term absences (e.g. parental leave). PGW offers non-guaranteed hours employment to casuals in order to
provide cover for short-term unexpected absences and in areas of the business with fluctuating and unpredictable
workloads. PGW’s threshold for determining significant fluctuations in employee numbers is +/- 5% and we did not
have a significant fluctuation in employee numbers during the reporting period.
The following tables provide a breakdown of the new employee hires and turnover for the 12-months to 30 June 2025:
300
200
100
0
236
155
208
152
20
Female Male Gender Diverse Not Disclosed
New Hires Turnover
New Hires and Turnover by Gender 2025
00
Number of Employees
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 21
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
|
SOCIAL
Day in the vineyard, photographed by Carl Gundersen
for the 2025 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.
PGW Academy 2025 cohort visit an
apple packhouse in Hawkes Bay.
PGW Academy 2024 cohort visit
Wilden Station in West Otago.
Education and Training
|
Te Mātauranga me te Whakangungu
’Grow You. Grow the Country’
At PGW, we recognise that our people are our strength. We are committed to investing in our people, so we can support and develop our team
members by providing them with the tools, resources and skills to succeed in their roles.
PGW is committed to developing our workforce through targeted investment in competency-based and technical skills training. PGW offers a
variety of programmes to our people to upgrade employee skills in line with our Learning and Development Policy. These include the following:
TO LEAD – A 2-day programme for new and existing leaders
covering our leadership behaviours. This also includes a
DISC report which is debriefed with each participant, as well
as a detailed 360 report which is debriefed in a 90-minute
coaching session, where an Action plan focusing on
development areas is also created.
Health, Safety & Wellbeing Fundamentals – A 2-day
programme for all staff covering the key Health Safety and
Wellbeing (HSW ) related focuses at PGW. This includes
Managing Health and Safety, Contractor management,
Risk Management, Event Investigation, Safety Culture and
Wellbeing.
One PGW Induction – A 1-day course for all new starters
which covers off the company values, behaviours, business
units, primary industry and aims to provide an introduction
to, and overview of, the organisation as well as an
opportunity to connect with other new starters.
Management Skills – A range of courses focused on such
areas as Presentation Skills, Running Effective Meetings,
Managing Poor Performance, Mental Health Matters,
Recruitment and Selection, and Performance Reviews.
Mandatory Compliance Modules – The required learning
courses for our PGW staff, some are mandatory for all staff,
but others are included based on the role and the tasks
undertaken. Examples include Cyber Security, PGW policies,
and HSW related topics.
DISC Assessments – Individual and team sessions delivered
via team session focusing on the DISC profile within the team
and also as individual coaching based on debrief reports
Tech College – A learning platform developed by the Rural
Supplies Technical and Fruitfed Technical Extension teams to
lift farming and growing knowledge of the whole business,
especially for those staff members with limited primary
production experience. It offers an unsurpassed range of
courses; all aimed at helping grow our people’s skills within
both agriculture and horticulture.
Retail and Sales Training – Key offerings include sales, store
financials, merchandising, business cashflow, as well as a
range of courses to familiarise staff with our retail point of
sale system and associated workflows.
Certificate in Distribution – An NZQA level qualification for
those wanting to develop a career towards a Team Leader,
Supervisor or Managerial role in a distribution environment.
Certificate in Contact Centres – An NZQA level qualification
for those currently working in our Customer Services teams
and Contact Centres.
Over 4,000 online courses – Offered via our Learning
Management System. These can be either selected by the
learners directly or assigned to them by their managers as
part of an identified development plan.
PGW Academy | Te whare wānanga o PGW
Established in 2006, the PGW Academy focuses on
developing a select group of our people within the
company to expand their knowledge, grow their expertise
and expose them to all levels of the wider business and
industry. Participants work towards obtaining a National
Certificate in Rural Servicing (Level 4), a recognised NZQA
accredited qualification offered through Primary ITO.
The PGW Academy programme includes a range of
practical workshops focused on dairy farming, dry stock
farming, horticulture, supplier relationships, fencing and
stock management. Graduates often move on to greater
roles and responsibilities within the company after
completing the programme.
The 2024 Academy cohort finished their final dissertations
and investigations to the judging panel, culminating in
the celebrated Academy Awards evening. With graduates
joining a group of more than 310 employees who have
completed the programme.
PGW welcomed 20 inductees into the 2025 PGW
Academy, following a competitive application process. The
Academy hosts a series of workshops across the year run
by our Retail Technical Team with engagement from some
of PGW’s strategic partners such as Ballance Agri-Nutrients,
PGG Wrightson Seeds, and Datamars.
PGW’s Redundancy Policy provides severance pay (which takes into account employees’ service)
and provides outplacement support (such as CV writing and interview coaching) for any employees
impacted by redundancy.
In FY25, PGW provided over 12,200 hours of training to employees delivered through our centrally
managed training systems, this represents approximately 7 hours per employee. This figure only
includes the structured training that is captured using our central systems, it is likely to be significant
underestimate of the total training provided to our staff – it does not capture the hours of training
that staff members undergo ‘on the job’ where senior staff work in a mentoring capacity alongside our
trainee staff member. It also does not capture training from external providers, or through coordinated
programmes such as the PGW Academy, NZQA level qualifications or conferences. We expect the
actual training hours to be multiple times higher than this reported figure. PGW will continue to
develop learning and development systems to further capture information where practical.
PGW offers over 4,000
online courses via our
Learning Management
System.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 22
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
|
SOCIAL
Supporting Future Leaders in Horticulture:
Fruitfed Supplies Scholarship
As part of our ongoing commitment to nurturing talent and
promoting excellence in sustainable agriculture, we are proud to
congratulate Ben Penno, the 2024 recipient of the Fruitfed Supplies
Horticultural Scholarship.
Ben, originally from Lower Hutt, discovered his passion for horticulture
through early experiences on his grandparents’ mixed cropping farm
and by growing vegetables at home. His curiosity and dedication led
him to Massey University, where he is now completing the final year of
a Bachelor of Horticultural Science.
Throughout his studies, Ben has developed a holistic understanding
of horticulture, with particular interest in topics such as Trees on
Farms and Plant Diversity. His enthusiasm for the sector has been
further enriched by hands-on experience during university breaks,
including roles at the PGG Wrightson Seeds plant breeding facility and
a diversified farm in North Canterbury growing apples, pears, cherries,
and hops.
Hops have emerged as a standout interest for Ben, “Being a long-lived,
herbaceous perennial harvested for its cones, they’re unique within
horticulture,” he explains. “New Zealand hop growers have developed
specialty varieties that only grow here. The future of hops in New
Zealand is interesting and I’d like to be part of it.”
Valued at $5,000, the Fruitfed Supplies Horticultural Scholarship is
awarded annually to a Massey University student who demonstrates
academic excellence and a strong commitment to the horticulture
sector. Since its inception in 2020, the scholarship has helped cultivate
the next generation of leaders in sustainable horticulture.
Remuneration and Benefits | Te Utu me ngā Painga
PGW operates a mature, consistent, transparent and fairly applied
Remuneration Policy and framework, aligned to our strategy, culture,
business objectives and values. This covers all employees, including
senior executives and is approved by the Board of Directors.
With our remuneration partner, all PGW roles are evaluated using
bands or grades, which are then compared against private sector
benchmarking. PGW has committed to pay all employees at least
the equivalent of the living wage (currently $28.95 per hour for
2025/26). PGW has a series of incentive schemes based around
individual performance, company performance and financials. All
senior management remuneration schemes have safety and strategic
components.
The ratio of the annual total compensation for the organisation’s
highest-paid individual to the median annual total compensation for
all employees (excluding the highest-paid individual) is 16.28. This
has been calculated by taking the total compensation (base salary
and incentives) of the organisation’s highest paid-individual across
FY24, divided by the median total compensation (base salary and
incentives) for all of the organisation’s employees as at 30 June 2025,
excluding the highest-paid individual.
The ratio of the percentage increase in annual total compensation for
the organisation’s highest-paid individual to the median percentage
increase in annual total compensation for all employees (excluding
the highest-paid individual) is -2.3. This has been calculated by taking
the percentage increase for the organisation’s highest-paid individual
for FY24 remuneration year (as paid across the FY25 financial
year), divided by the median percentage increase for all of the
organisation’s employees for FY24 remuneration year (as paid across
the FY25 financial year), excluding the highest paid individual.
PGW has a group life policy for permanent employees and
commission agents under the age of 70. All part-time employees
are provided exactly the same benefits as our full-time employees,
except that PGW does not provide the group life policy to temporary
(fixed-term employees) who are engaged for less than one year.
Gender Pay | Utu ā-ira
PGW has a robust Remuneration Framework in place which results in no significant variance in salary by gender when comparing
like-for-like roles.
PGW is a signatory to ‘Mind the Gap’ and continues to report our gender pay gap on an ongoing basis. In FY25, PGW’s overall
gender pay gap was 28%, this was calculated using the difference in median hourly pay by gender from across the business. The
methodology in calculating gender pay aligns to the preferred method from Statistics New Zealand.
PGW has broken down our staffing profile between operations (business facing) roles and business support roles for transparency.
Operations
Role mid-point
Female
Employees
Male
Employees
Gender
Pay Gap*
$60K-$80K532293-1%
$80K-100K65635%
$100K-150K783402%
$150K+9245%
Total68472026%
* Difference in median hourly rate of females compared to males within each role mid-point band.
Business Support
Role mid-point
Female
Employees
Male
Employees
Gender
Pay Gap*
$60K-$80K7924-1%
$80K-100K144-7%
$100K-150K40351%
$150K+515-4%
Total1387828%
* Difference in median hourly rate of females compared to males within each role mid-point band.
Empowering Rangatahi
Through Vocational Pathways:
Agritrade’s Partnership with GRIP
As part of our commitment to fostering
sustainable communities and supporting youth
development, Agritrade is proud to partner
with Generating Real Industry Pathways (GRIP),
an organisation dedicated to empowering New
Zealand’s rangatahi through tailored vocational
pathways. Agritrade welcomed the first
students into the programme in 2025.
GRIP connects students, schools, and industries
via the Gateway Programme—an initiative that
provides senior secondary school students
with workplace-based learning opportunities
aligned with their career aspirations.
Students work towards their Level 3 Distribution
Certificate, with placement at our Rolleston
Distribution Centre. Allowing students to gain
practical experience while having learning
assessed for academic credit.
Our collaboration with GRIP reflects Agritrade’s
broader sustainability goals—supporting
education, promoting equitable access to
career opportunities, and investing in the future
workforce.
By creating real industry pathways, we are not
only helping students transition from school
to work or further study. We look forward to
expanding this initiative and welcoming more
Gateway students to both our Rolleston and
Hamilton teams in the future.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 23
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
|
SOCIAL
Fruitfed Supplies Horticultural Scholarship winner Ben Penno, alongside
PGW staff members Bruce Marriott (left) and Lorna Minnear (right).
This data shows female employees are over-represented in
our lower pay bands, and under-represented in higher pay
bands, which contributes to PGW’s overall gender pay gap of
28%, as shown by the adjacent table.
Category
Female
Employees
Male
Employees
Gender
Pay Gap*
Executive2524%
Leadership1176-4%
Operations68472026%
Business Support1387828%
All PGW83587928%
* Difference in median hourly rate of females compared to males.
PGW has established a working group to develop key strategies to
primarily address the under representation of females in higher pay
bands – most specifically in leadership roles.
100
80
60
40
20
0
$60K-$80K $80K-$100K $100K-$150K $150K+
Female Employees Male Employees
Employee Headcount
Business Support
79
14
24
4
40
35
5
15
100
80
60
40
20
0
Board of Directors Executive Leadership
Female Male
Headcount
Board, Executive and Leadership Composition 2025
22
5
3
11
76
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
$60K-$80K $80K-$100K $100K-$150K $150K+
Female Employees Male Employees
Operations
Employee Headcount
532
65
293
63
78
340
9
24
Parental Leave | Te Whakamatuatanga ā-Matua
PGW understands the importance of the balance between work and home. Staff are supported to take time off to raise a family, offering
a range of entitlements based on the length of continuous employment.
While everyone’s experience is unique, returning to work after a period of parental leave can be a significant transition point in the
lives of many people – maintaining career continuity, building confidence and improving financial stability. The return to work can
often involve a rebalancing of work and family life around a new set of responsibilities and needs. PGW supports staff returning to
work through a paid keeping in touch programme to ensure the employee can maintain a continuous connection with the workplace.
Additionally, all employees on a period of parental leave are included in all remuneration reviews.
PGW splits parental leave into two categories for the purposes of reporting – primary carers leave, and partners leave. Parental and
partners leave entitlements are available to those who have worked at least an average of 10 hours per week in the six months
immediately prior to the leave period. PGW offers an enhancement on legislation in a few areas, including that any annual leave the
employee is earned whilst on parental leave will be calculated and paid at the same rate as any other annual leave.
Parental LeaveFemaleMale
Gender
Diverse
Not
DisclosedTotal
Total number of employees that were entitled to parental
leave
780873121,656
Total number of employees that took primary carer leave *5300053
Total number of employees that took partners leave1190020
Total number of employees that returned to work in the
reporting period after parental leave ended **
1900019
Total number of employees that returned to work after
parental leave ended that were still employed 12 months
after their return to work **
1210013
FemaleMale
Gender
Diverse
Not
Disclosed
Return to work rate*66%--
-
Retention rate
**
67%100%-
-
* Includes staff whose parental leave ended between 1 July 2024 – 30 June 2025
** Includes staff who reach 12 months following their return to work from parental leave between 1 July 2024 – 30 June 2025
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 24
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
|
SOCIAL
Health, Safety and Wellbeing | Te Hauora, te haumarutanga, me te toiora
PGW aligns its approach to HSW to the Health and Safety at Work
Act 2015 (HSWA), as well as the requirements of the New Zealand
Accident Compensation Corporation Accredited Employers
Programme (AEP) programme. PGW once again achieved tertiary-
level status in the AEP programme, the highest possible rating, in
our 2024 audit.
HSW governance is overseen by the Group Health, Safety and
Environment (HSE) Committee, which includes Executive and
Board representation. The Committee reviews strategic priorities,
sets performance standards, and monitors key initiatives. During
the year, we relaunched our Business Unit HSW Committees,
with rotating representation from each unit attending the Group
HSE Committee. This provides another way to ensure the voice
of our frontline teams is heard at the highest level. Committee
summaries are shared widely to support transparency and
encourage engagement across the business.
Our HSW team and systems operate across all PGW business
units, covering a wide range of different working environments,
including all employees and independent contractors as required
by the HSWA. Our systems do not include other contractors who
may work at PGW – we intend to address this in future years.
Hazards and associated risks at PGW are reported via the health
and safety system, Risk Manager. External reviews of health, safety
and wellbeing practices are conducted from time to time across
all business units. Employees are required to regularly review
site hazards and note actions in Risk Manager should risks have
changed.
During the year, PGW undertook a review of the HSW team
capability and resourcing. As a result, new roles were created to
strengthen support in two key areas: critical risk management and
health, wellbeing and injury management. This investment has
allowed us to accelerate progress in these areas and build on the
strong foundations already in place.
We continue to embed a ‘no-blame’ culture across the
organisation, guided by Human and Organisational Performance
principles. This approach has strengthened our HSW programmes,
improved the quality of incident investigations, and enabled
deeper organisational learning.
Our continued focus on critical risk management spans multiple
key areas across the organisation. A significant achievement this
year has been the successful implementation of our Trailer Critical
Risk Programme. This initiative features the introduction of a
revised Asset Management System, a thorough review of trailer
specifications and appointment of suppliers, and an updated
training programme, all designed to strengthen safety controls
around trailer operations.
In parallel, we have enhanced controls related to working with
animals and mobile plant. Our initial efforts have concentrated on
forklift safety, with more robust Driver Safety Zones established
at several warehousing sites. Additionally, proximity detection
devices have been deployed at PGW Wool locations to better
separate personnel from machinery and reduce risk.
Within our livestock operations, the Saleyard Infrastructure Survey
continues to be a cornerstone of structural risk management.
This survey assesses each saleyard against key safety and
compliance criteria, enabling us to strategically prioritise repair
and maintenance work. To further improve safety and operational
effectiveness, sale day pre-start meetings have been introduced.
These discussions provide teams with a platform to align on safety
priorities, identify potential hazards, and plan for a successful day
ahead.
PGW continues with the delivery of our two-day HSW
Fundamentals programme. The programme has been developed
to provide core HSW information and will be delivered to all team
members across the business. With 98% of participants recording
“they feel they can apply the skills learnt during the course into their
workplace”. New initiatives include a refreshed HSW Induction,
Mental Fitness at Work workshops, and online modules.
PGW remains committed to the safety and wellbeing of our
people, both at work and beyond. The availability of personal
locator beacons (PLBs) continues to demonstrate its value, with
two activations in the past year helping emergency services
respond quickly. While one incident occurred outside of work,
we encourage our team members to use PLBs during their
personal activities as well – reflecting our broader commitment
to wellbeing.
While prevention remains our primary goal, we also offer strong
support for those who are injured or experiencing discomfort
at work. This includes covering medical surcharges to remove
potential barriers to access treatment, and early intervention
services to support recovery and return to work.
We continue to support wellbeing more broadly through
initiatives such as free flu vaccinations, physiotherapy sessions,
and mental health courses. Our Wellbeing Champions group
is building momentum and continues to develop and support
initiatives for the betterment of all at PGW. PGW also actively
participates in industry forums including Safer Farms, the Rural
Support Trust, the Business Leaders’ Health & Safety Forum,
and the New Zealand Institute of Safety Management, sharing
knowledge and promoting sector-wide progress.
For the year ended 30 June 2025, there were 73 recordable injuries
(including 1 fatality noted in the Annual Report 2024 and 1 high
consequence injury) of PGW employees and two recordable
injuries in other workers who are not employees but whose work
and/ or workplace is controlled by PGW. The most common types
of injuries were bruises, lacerations, scratches and abrasions. There
were four recordable cases of at-work ill-health and one case in
other workers who are not employees. The most common type of
at work ill health was bacterial infection.
PGW’s TRIFR rate for FY25 was 28.82, calculated based on contracted hours worked by permanent and temporary employees,
casuals and independent contractors, using a base of 1 million hours.
Work-related Health
and Safety Reporting
FY23
FY24FY25
EmployeesOther workersEmployeesOther workersEmployeesOther workers
Recordable at work injury68N/A713732
– High consequence at work injury
*0N/A0010
–
F
atalities0N/A0010
Recordable at work ill health2N/A4140
Total recordable injury frequency rate
** 26.47 – 27.54 – 28.82 –
* High consequence at work injury: work-related injury that results in a fatality or in an injury from which the worker cannot, does not, or is not expected to recover fully to pre-injury
health status within six months.
** Total recordable injury frequency rate: Calculated based on contracted hours worked by permanent and temporary employees, using a base of 1 million hours. This metric is not
available for ‘Other Workers’ as total hours are not recorded.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 25
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
|
SOCIAL
Ahuwhenua Trophy - Excellence in
Maori Farming Award 2025 Winners:
Whangaroa Ngaiotonga Trust.
Photo Credit: Alphapix
IHC Calf & Rural Scheme
PGW has been a proud sponsor of the IHC Calf & Rural Scheme since its
inception 43 years ago. Raising over $43 million dollars to positively impact
the lives of people with intellectual disabilities and their families in rural
communities around New Zealand.
In late 2024, local members of the IHC community and PGW were invited for
a day of connection at a Ngāi Tahu dairy farm in North Canterbury, including
calf feeding and kapa haka performances. Ngāi Tahu Farming is one of
the scheme’s long-term, dedicated calf donors – which fund a number of
community initiatives that make a big difference in people’s lives.
The IHC’s Christchurch/North
Canterbury Kapa Haka performance
was a reminder of the difference our
collective efforts can make. Through
the IHC Calf & Rural Scheme, initiatives
like Kapa Haka allow people with
intellectual disabilities to connect with
their iwi and experience the joy of
being part of a group that celebrates
their culture and identity.
PGW continues to celebrate our
partnership with IHC within the
business, with the traditional Pink Week
held in May, where PGW workspaces
go ‘Pink for a Week’, transforming
workspaces to raise the profile of the
Calf & Rural Scheme and encourage donations.
IHC’s Calf & Rural Scheme encourages farmers to pledge livestock to the cause
and when they are sold the sale price is donated to IHC. Farmers can also
choose to donate a virtual calf in the form of a donation at a market value of
an animal.
Sponsorships | Ngā Tautoko ā-Pūtea
Each year, our team proudly contributes their
time, skills, and energy to a wide range of local
initiatives. From environmental restoration
projects and search and rescue operations
to supporting rural fire brigades, dog trials,
shearing competitions, equestrian events, and
community sports. These efforts reflect our
deep-rooted commitment to the people and
places that shape our business.
By backing community organisations and
sponsoring rural events, we are proud to
play a meaningful role in helping grow the
country, not just through our core operations,
but by actively supporting the wellbeing and
resilience of the regions we serve.
We are proud to sponsor and partner with a
range of national organisations who support
our agricultural and horticultural industries
in New Zealand. PGW aims to build genuine
enduring relationships with our communities
and our sponsorship activities aim to celebrate
achievement across all industries that we
service.
“We have a long affiliation with
Ngāi Tahu Farming and the
IHC Calf & Rural Scheme is a
crucial part of our responsibility
the community. This occasion
was a wonderful way to weave
together those threads and see
the important impact of our
support.”
Stephen Guerin, Chief Executive Officer,
PGG Wrightson
Ahuwhenua Trophy
PGW is a longstanding silver sponsor of the Ahuwhenua Trophy, the most prestigious award in Māori
farming. The Ahuwhenua Trophy acknowledges and celebrates business excellence in New Zealand’s
important pastoral and horticultural sectors, with the competition alternating each year between
dairy, sheep and beef and horticulture.
The 2025 award for excellence in Māori sheep and beef farming was awarded to Whangaroa
Ngaiotonga Trust based in Te Tai Tokerau (Northland). Whangaroa Ngaiotonga Trust manages
the Ngaiotonga A3 block, situated an hour’s drive north of Whangārei, nestled in the heart of
Whangaruru. It’s whenua is bordered by the Te Moananui a Kiwa to the east and Whangaruru
Harbour to the west. Totalling 1,100ha of coastal hill country, it consists of 360ha of effective farmland,
297ha of forestry, and 443ha of native forest and wetlands. In four years, the Trust has turned its
previously struggling farm into a modern, thriving and profitable 1,200 head bull fattening operation.
The other finalist was the Proprietors of Tawapata South, Onenui Station – a Māori incorporation
located at the tip of the Māhia Peninsula, Hawke’s Bay. Spanning 3,476 hectares, the whenua includes
1,700 hectares of effective farmland and 836 hectares under a Ngā Whenua Rāhui Kawenata. The
station winters 15,000 stock units, including 6,000 breeding ewes, 600 breeding cows, replacements,
and trade cattle.
In the lead up to the Ahuwhenua Awards, PGW had the pleasure to attend on-farm Field Days with
both finalists. The team got on farm to hear from the kaitiaki, learn more about the history of the
whenua. This was a fantastic opportunity to support both finalists, to continue to learn and celebrate
the successes. Both finalists are PGW customers and as part of our sponsorship, PGW store vouchers
are provided to both the winners and the runners up.
Members of the IHC community visit a
Ngāi Tahu Farm for a day of connection.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 26
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
|
SOCIAL
Paerata Abraham, winner of the
2024/2025 National Shearing Circuit title.
Cash for Communities
Over 13 years ago, PGW and Ballance Agri-Nutrients joined
together to create the Cash for Communities programme
available through spring. We have since raised over $820,000
to support the charities and organisations working within our
rural communities. The programme expanded in 2023 to bring
onboard some of our agchem suppliers, which generated
additional funds available to support community causes.
In FY25, we broke all previous records with the programme
generating donations of $150,000. Over 3,200 farmers, growers,
and contractors took part in the FY25 programme – with
funding going to a range of community organisations:
Rural schools received $37,800
Rescue Helicopters received $30,200
St John across New Zealand received $27,500
Rural Support Trusts received $8,600
Cancer Society received $7,200
The remaining $38,000 was allocated across a wide range
of other organisations, such as community care groups,
volunteer fire brigades, rugby clubs, community pools,
and more!
National Shearing Circuit
PGW has stood as the principal
sponsor of National shearing circuit
for two decades. Established in
1973, the PGG Wrightson Vetmed
National Shearing Circuit is one of
shearing’s most prestigious and
demanding events, pitting the top
shearers against each other based
on versatility over five separate
rounds. Culminating in Masterton,
the circuit’s pinnacle sees the top
12 shearers, determined by their
accumulated points across the five
rounds, competing on the eve of
the Golden Shears.
Paerata Abraham clinched the
2024/2025 PGG Wrightson Vetmed
National Shearing Circuit title,
with a win at the Golden Shears in
Masterton. This is the second time
Abraham has won the title, having
first won the circuit in the 2018/19
season.
Land Search and Rescue
PGW supports Land Search and Rescue New Zealand,
who help the lost, the missing and the injured.
Many of our staff and customers regularly enjoy our
country’s great outdoors and this is a way that PGW can
demonstrate our support for this important community
service that saves lives. A number of our employees are
Land Search and Rescue volunteers who dedicate their
time to training, maintaining their competencies, and
responding to emergency situations when they arise.
Land Search and Rescue has over 3,300 trained
volunteers, who are members of 64 local groups,
covering the length and breadth of New Zealand. There
are also specialist disciplines such as Land Search and
Rescue Dogs, CaveSAR, CanyonSAR, Alpine Cliff Rescue
and RiverSAR who operate on a local level where there is
a requirement for these specialist skills.
Fire and Emergency New Zealand (FENZ)
PGW are immensely proud to back our team members
who volunteer for FENZ at fire brigades throughout
the country. These dedicated individuals play a vital
role in supporting rural communities, always ready to
respond to callouts and providing crucial assistance
during emergencies.
PGW team members volunteer at approximately 20 fire
brigades across New Zealand, offering indispensable
assistance to rural communities. Their efforts help keep
our team members, families, and customers safe, and
we are incredibly proud of their commitment and
bravery.
PGW has registered as a member of the FENZ Proud
Employer Programme. The mark and annual campaign
represent the collaboration between volunteers,
PGW, and FENZ, recognising the vital contribution
businesses make to allow for emergency response
during work hours.
Safer Farms
PGW is a member of Safer
Farms and supports the Farm
Without Harm system-wide
strategy to protect those within
the agricultural sector from
preventable farm. Stephen Guerin
and PGW director Dr Charlotte
Severne are both Directors of
Safer Farms, which underscores
the importance of leading by
example in creating a safer
working environment for our
staff and our customers.
Young Grower of the Year
Fruitfed Supplies is proud to
be national sponsor of the
Young Grower of the Year
competition, celebrating
excellence within the fruit
and vegetable industry.
The competition gives fruit
and vegetable growers
under the age of 30 an
opportunity to develop their
skills and foster networks
with other future leaders of
the industry.
Young Horticulturalist of the Year
Fruitfed Supplies is proud to
support the Young Horticulturist
of the Year competition.
Supporting since it's inception in
2005, specifically sponsoring the
competition's Leadership Award.
The competition recognises and
celebrates excellence in people
under the age of 30 employed in
the horticulture industry.
The winner of the 2024 Fruitfed
Supplies Leadership award was
Taylor Leabourn.
Young Viticulturalist of the Year
Fruitfed Supplies is proud to
be a national sponsor the
Young Viticulturist of the Year
competition, having done so
since its inception in 2005.
Aimed at young viticulturists
under 30 years old, the
competition is an opportunity
for contestants to upskill,
develop confidence, meet
current and future viticulture
leaders and grow their own
profile within the industry.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 27
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
|
SOCIAL
St John Taupo receive funds as part of the
2025 Cash for Communities campaign.
Sustainability Strategy
PGW Group Strategy
Climate Transition Plan
PGW aims to operate at high governance standards and ethical business practices.
Our Corporate Governance Charter includes robust legal, regulatory, and compliance
processes that align with our risk management procedures. PGW’s sustainability
governance framework consists of a hierarchy of strategic documents (shown below)
governing our sustainability approach and actions.
Results
Monitor the
progress of
actions
Policies
Define strategy
and set
commitments
Actions
Identifying concrete
measur
es
PGW applies the Policies-Actions-Results method to its sustainability
governance framework. This approach is an application of the Plan-Do-
Check-Act framework promoted by the International Organisation for
Standardisation (ISO). This approach supports PGW to achieve continuous
improvement across all sustainability action areas.
Three pillar approach across environmental, social and
governance sustainability
Includes a range of objective and targets for the business,
mapped to the SDGs.
Provides clarity and direction around areas of focus that PGW
wants to collectively work towards
Sustainability Priority: Embed environmental, social, and
governance practices across PGW operations and value chains
for long-term resilience and social responsibility.
Outlines our strategic pathway to a low-emissions future while
maintaining business resilience within the changing rural
landscape
Includes a number of strategic actions to move the business to
a low-emissions future.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Til the cows come home,
photographed by Catty Greer for the
2025 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.
PAGE 28
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
Governance
|
Mana Whakahaere
Policy | Kaupapahere
PGW operates a framework of policy documents
to ensure responsible business conduct across all
operations. These include meeting fundamental
responsibilities in the areas of human rights, labour,
environment and anti-corruption. PGW defines three
levels of policy classification:
Governance policies which cover responsibilities
of the Board are approved by the PGW Board
Group wide policies are the responsibility of
management and are approved by either the
Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial
Officer
Business unit specific policies may operate
independently at the business unit level and are
approved by the general managers.
Corporate governance policies serve as the
foundational framework to integrate high
governance standards into strategic decision-
making processes and operational oversight. These
policies establish clear accountability structures
and responsibilities for sustainability performance.
Responsibility for embedding the policy
commitments sit with the leaders of each business
unit. All staff are made aware of policies through
the induction process and substantial changes to
policies are communicated to all staff.
Our corporate governance policies define PGW’s
commitments for responsible business conduct:
Audit Committee Charter
Code of Conduct
Constitution
Continuous Disclosure Policy
Corporate Governance Code
Diversity and Inclusion Policy
Environment Policy
Health Safety and Environment Committee
Charter
Health, Safety and Wellbeing Policy
Non-GAAP Accounting Policy
Remuneration and Appointments Charter
Securities Trading Policy
Sustainability Policy
Copies of these policies are publicly available on: www.pggwrightson.co.nz/
sustainability
Any stakeholder is able to contact PGW at any time to raise any concern or grievance,
PGW actively promotes a contact form on our webpage, as well as providing a toll free
phone number and international phone number as appropriate. The type of concern
raised will determine which department within the business will manage the response.
PGW will seek to remedy any negative impacts that it has caused or contributed to in
alignment with the bounds of its New Zealand legal duties. PGW seeks to demonstrate
excellence in corporate citizenship with regards to our approach to any concerns raised.
PGW has had no significant instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations
within the financial year to 30 June 2025. PGW continues to enhance frameworks to
support compliance activities across business operations.
PGW operates and promotes a prominent whistle blower mechanism allowing for the
reporting of fraud or serious wrongdoing. The whistle blower mechanism is governed
by our Whistle-Blower Policy and promotes responsible reporting while providing
clear procedures for reporting. PGW’s Whistle-Blower Policy provides assurance that all
disclosures of serious wrongdoing made in good faith will be taken seriously, treated as
confidential and managed without fear of retaliation. Anyone may also disclose directly
to an appropriate external authority, with processes and actions taken determined by
that authority – examples include the Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment,
Commissioner of Police, Serious Fraud Office or the Commerce Commission.
Artificial Intelligence
AI refers to computer systems that can perform tasks that typically require human
thinking, such as solving problems, learning from experience, and processing large
volumes of information. While PGW utilises specific AI tools in applications such as
SkyCount™, the majority of PGW staff interaction with AI tools are through generative
AI, including large language models (LLMs) and image generation.
PGW embraces AI technologies but recognises the need to have a robust framework
to ensure a responsible approach by our staff, particularly around PGW’s security and
compliance obligations. To use AI tools, a short compulsory AI video must be viewed by
staff to ensure they have the essential skills to effectively and responsibly use AI. It also
provides an overview of the challenges and risks associated with AI and how to address
them. Staff are also provided guidance on how to structure prompts to improve the
usefulness of responses from LLMs. PGW utilises a secure enterprise environment by
design, which provides for the majority of our users’ needs and ensures that sensitive
information remains protected.
PGW acknowledges there is significant environmental footprint embedded in the
upstream supply chain for the delivery of these technologies. Training and deploying
large-scale AI models requires substantial computational resources, leading to
considerable energy and water consumption for datacentre cooling across cloud
infrastructure. PGW continues to monitor public reporting from companies providing
AI tools to better understand the environmental footprint. It is encouraging to see a
growing acknowledgement of this concern, with companies actively improving the
energy efficiency of their AI architecture and backing them with renewable energy
generation where practical.
Incident Management Plan | Te Mahere Whakahaere Takunetanga
PGW maintains an Incident Management Plan, which serves as a high-level
framework for management of significant events, incidents or crises. The Plan
assists the existing incident management team functions and ensures a continuity
of business function and service delivery for our customers. The Plan sets our
criteria surrounding incident management activation, the allocation of roles and
responsibilities, recovery strategies and reporting for PGW.
Supply Chain | Mekameka tuku
Greenhouse Gas Emissions
As a retail business our largest sustainability
impacts are outside of our direct operational
boundary, occurring both upstream and
downstream in our value chain. PGW
continues to undertake comprehensive
work to assess the scope 3 GHG emissions
profile of our value chain and intends to
publish this in FY26.
Due Diligence Assessments
PGW partners with a broad network of
leading international and national suppliers,
providing our customers access to over
30,000 market-leading brands and products.
While customer demand plays a role in
shaping our product offerings, PGW retains
full discretion over the suppliers we engage
with and the products we choose to stock.
This places a clear responsibility on PGW
to maintain a deep understanding of our
supply chain partners.
To uphold our commitment to ethical
sourcing and responsible business practices,
PGW has been progressively implementing
a robust due diligence framework. This
process is designed to assess and manage
the ethical and reputational risk profiles of
our suppliers, ensuring alignment with our
values and sustainability objectives.
PGW formally requests information
regarding supplier’s sustainability
governance approach, environmental
impacts, social impacts, GHG emissions and
modern slavery.
Traceability
Traceability is the ability to trace the source,
origin or production conditions of raw
materials and final products. As PGW is
a prominent part of the supply chain to
the agricultural and horticultural sectors,
traceability is fundamental to the integrity of
our business operations and to maintain the
trust of our customers. PGW works within
both legislative and voluntary frameworks
regarding product traceability, including the:
National Animal Identification and
Tracing Act 2012
Animal Products Act 1999
Agricultural Compounds and Veterinary
Medicines Act 1997
Food Act 2014
Wine Act 2003
Brand Reputation Compliance Global
Standards – Food Safety Standards
(voluntary)
The Quality Assurance Team and the
relevant business units drive compliance
to these frameworks, including monitoring,
sampling, batch tracking, traceability
exercises and product recall simulations.
The comprehensive suite of activities and
supporting systems provide our customers
with assurance and confidence over the
products we provide.
Nexan Group Acquisition
In July 2025, PGW acquired Nexan Group,
the manufacturer of a range of animal
health product brands. This strategic
investment reinforces PGW’s commitment
to supporting local manufacturing and
delivering high-quality innovative solutions
that help New Zealand farmers thrive.
PGW has partnered with Nexan for over a
decade, and its commitment to innovation
and rural communities aligns with PGW’s
vision and purpose. Through our Agritrade
wholesale business, PGW will continue to
distribute Nexan’s full product range which
are widely available through veterinary
practices and rural merchants across New
Zealand including PGW’s Retail network.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDPGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 29
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
|
GOVERNANCE
Agricultural Chemicals | Matū ahuwhenua
PGW supports agroecological crop protection
practices, increasing the use of biopesticides
and biological control agents alongside typical
agrichemical solutions. PGW has an important role to
play to demonstrate and promote solutions based on
science and evidence-based approaches.
PGW is a retailer for a range of agricultural chemicals
– compounds that are applied directly to plants and
soils for weed protection, pest and disease control, as
well as the promotion of growth. PGW is expanding
further into the agricultural chemical supply chain,
with a new BlueAG private label ag-chem range to be
sold through our Rural Supplies and Fruitfed Supplies
stores.
In New Zealand, the importation, manufacturing,
sale and use of agricultural chemicals is primarily
administered by the:
Agricultural Compounds and Veterinary
Medicines Act 1997
Biosecurity Act 1993
Health and Safety at Work Act 2015
Hazardous Substances and New Organisms
Act 1996.
PGW is a responsible provider of agricultural chemicals to customers in the
agricultural and horticultural sectors working within these New Zealand legislative
frameworks. PGW’s representative workforce, backed by our Technical Team assist
customers with advice on agricultural chemical use.
Notably, there have been several key changes to agricultural chemicals in New
Zealand in the past 12-months which impact PGW and its customers. This includes:
Phase out of Chlorpyrifos, a widely used organophosphate insecticide
beginning in July 2025. The Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) revoking
existing approvals with varying phase out periods.
Significant restrictions of chlorthal-dimethyl (DCPA), with the EPA issuing
a red alert recommending people stop using the product and opening a
consultation in August 2025 on a proposed ban on the herbicide.
Proposal to increase maximum residue levels (MRLs) across a broad range
of pesticides including glyphosate from the Ministry of Primary Industries.
Many agricultural chemicals are also classified as hazardous substances and need
to be appropriately stored and administered. Risk assessments and controls are
in place to minimise the inherent risks to people and the environment associated
with the substances. Controls can include (but are not limited to) handling licences,
emergency preparedness plans, segregation, separation, bunding and spill kits.
Where practical, PGW promotes the use of integrated pest management with
customers, encouraging the use of prevention control methods prior to chemical
applications. Where chemicals are to be used, the appropriate application method
is promoted to ensure accurate quantities can be applied.
Research and Development
PGW is committed to research and development in New Zealand, undertaking trials
in collaboration with cooperating farmers and growers for many years. PGW tests
how products perform in local conditions and trialling it alongside other products.
For farmers and growers, this provides a level of reassurance that when a new
product is used, it delivers results.
The PGW Research and Development Team is involved in product trials for two
or three years before the assessed product may gain registration for use in New
Zealand. When that product arrives in PGW retail stores, a sound knowledge of the
technical application of the product already exists amongst our rep workforce and
customers can be reassured the product has been objectively assessed.
PGW has recently announced it has taken up the lease of the Geelen Family Trust
Research Station, previous operated by Bayer Crop Science, in Hastings. The site
will be a dedicated hub for horticultural and agricultural research, by investing in
a dedicated site, it will enable PGW to expand on existing trial programmes and
implement more controlled and scalable research. We hope to share more about
the success of the facility, with the first results of trials expected from January 2026.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDPAGE 30
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
|
GOVERNANCE
Velvet racks, photographed by Don Parish
for the 2025 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDPGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 31
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
|
GRI CONTENT INDEX
GRI Content Index | Kaupapa Pūrongo Aowhānui
GRI 2: General Disclosures 2021
GRI StandardLocationOmission
2-1Organisational details4
2-2Entities included in the organisation’s sustainability reporting2
2-3Reporting period, frequency and contact point2
2-4Restatements of information2
2-5External assurance3
2-6Activities, value chain and other business relationships4
2-7Employees20-21
2-8Workers who are not employees20
2-9Governance structure and composition8-9
2-10Nomination and selection of the highest governance body8
2-11Chair of the highest governance body8
2-12Role of the highest governance body in overseeing the management of impacts8
2-13Delegation of responsibility for managing impacts8-9
2-14Role of the highest governance body in sustainability reporting2
2-15Conflicts of Interest29
2-16Communication of critical concerns8
2-17Collective knowledge of the highest governance body8
2-18Evaluation of the performance of the highest governance body8
2-19Remuneration policies23
2-20Process to determine remuneration23
2-21Annual total compensation ratio23
2-22Statement on sustainable development strategy28
2-23Policy commitments29
2-24Embedding policy commitments29
2-25Processes to remediate negative impacts29
2-26Mechanisms for seeking advice and raising concerns29
2-27Compliance with laws and regulations29-30
2-28Membership associations6
2-29Approach to stakeholder engagement6
2-30Collective bargaining agreements20
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
GRI StandardLocationOmission
3-1Process to determine material topics3
3-2List of material topics3
Workplace Health & Safety
3-3Management of material topics25
403-1Occupational health and safety management system25
403-2Hazard identification, risk assessment, and incident investigation25
403-3Occupational health services25
403-4
Worker participation, consultation, and communication on occupational
health and safety
25
403-5Worker training on occupational health and safety25
403-6Promotion of worker health25
403-7
Prevention and mitigation of occupational health and safety impacts
directly linked by business relationships
25
403-8Workers covered by an occupational health and safety management system25
403-9Work-related injuries25
403-10 Work-related ill health25
Product Traceability, Assurance & Lifecycle Management
3-3Management of material topics29
13-23Supply chain traceability29
Employee Diversity and Inclusion
3-3Management of material topics20
405-1Diversity of governance bodies and employees20, 24
405-2Ratio of basic salary and remuneration of women to men23-24
Waste and Hazardous Materials
3-3Management of material topics19
306-2Waste by type and disposal method19
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDPGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 32
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2025
|
GRI CONTENT INDEX / GLOSSARY
Acronym / TermDefinition
$New Zealand Dollar
AEPAccredited Employers Programme
AIArtificial Intelligence
ASMAnnual Shareholders’ Meeting
BBNZBloch & Behrens Wool (NZ) Ltd
CEOChief Executive Officer
CO2Carbon Dioxide
CO2-eCarbon Dioxide Equivalent
CRDClimate-Related Disclosures
CTPClimate Transition Plan
DCPA
Dimethyl Tetrachloroterephthalate, also
known chlorthal-dimethyl
E PAEnvironmental Protection Authority
ESGEnvironment, Social, and Governance
ETSEmissions Trading Scheme
FENZFire and Emergency New Zealand
FY
Financial Year (ended or ending 30 June of the
relevant year)
GHGGreenhouse Gas Emissions
GRIGlobal Reporting Initiative
GRIPGenerating Real Industry Pathways
HFCsHydrofluorocarbons
HSEHealth Safety and Environment
Glossary | Rārangi Kupu
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021 – continued
GRI StandardLocationOmission
Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Decarbonisation
3-3Management of material topics16
305-1Direct (Scope 1) GHG emissions16
305-2Energy indirect (Scope 2) GHG emissions16
305-3Other indirect (Scope 3) GHG emissions–
PGW continues to
improve scope 3 data
quality, to be reported
in alignment with NZ
legislative timelines.
305-4GHG emissions intensity16
305-5Reduction of GHG emissions16
Partnerships and Supporting Communities
3-3Management of material topics20
401-1New employee hires and employee turnover21
401-2
Benefits provided to full-time employees that are not provided to
temporary or part-time employees
23
401-3Parental leave24
404-2Programs for upgrading employee skills and transition assistance programs22
404-3
Percentage of employees receiving regular performance and career
development reviews
21
Ecological Impacts of Agri-Chemicals
3-3Management of material topics30
Compliance with Legal & Regulatory Requirements
3-3Management of material topics29-30
Acronym / TermDefinition
HSWAHealth and Safety at Work Act 2015
ISOInternational Organisation for Standardisation
kWhKilowatt Hour
LLitres
LEDLight Emitting Diode
LLMLarge Language Model
LPGLiquified Petroleum Gas
MJMegajoule
MRLMaximum Residue Level
MWhMegawatt Hour
NZ CSNew Zealand Climate Standards
NZCESNew Zealand Energy Certificate System
NZDNew Zealand Dollar
NZXNew Zealand Stock Exchange
NZQANew Zealand Qualification Authority
PGWPGG Wrightson Limited
PHEVPlug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle
SDGSustainable Development Goal
tCO2-eTonnes of Carbon Dioxide Equivalent
TRIFRTotal Recordable Injury Frequency Rate
XRBExternal Reporting Board
Helping grow the country
Beaut day ahead, photographed by
Rachel Robinson for the
2025 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.
Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.